WO2018054136A1 - Downlink transmission method and corresponding device - Google Patents

Downlink transmission method and corresponding device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018054136A1
WO2018054136A1 PCT/CN2017/092649 CN2017092649W WO2018054136A1 WO 2018054136 A1 WO2018054136 A1 WO 2018054136A1 CN 2017092649 W CN2017092649 W CN 2017092649W WO 2018054136 A1 WO2018054136 A1 WO 2018054136A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink
area
time unit
uplink
detection location
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/092649
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高雪娟
潘学明
郑方政
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201611249798.9A external-priority patent/CN107872306B/en
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院
Publication of WO2018054136A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018054136A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a downlink transmission method and related devices.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • Time Division Duplex In the existing LTE system, the following frame structure is defined for Time Division Duplex (TDD):
  • the Frame Structure Type 2 (FS2) is used in the LTE TDD system.
  • Figure 1 shows the structure of the FS2.
  • Uplink and downlink transmissions use different subframes or different time slots on the same frequency.
  • Each 10 ms length radio frame in FS2 consists of two 5 ms length half frames, each of which contains five 1 ms length subframes.
  • the sub-frames in FS2 are classified into three types: downlink sub-frames, uplink sub-frames, and special sub-frames.
  • Each special sub-frame consists of Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS) and Guard Period (Guard Period, GP) and Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS) are composed of three parts.
  • DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time Slot
  • Guard Period Guard Period
  • UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time Slot
  • Each field includes at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, and at most one special subframe.
  • uplink and downlink switching point periods and uplink and downlink allocation ratios seven kinds of TDD uplink and downlink configurations as shown in Table 1 and ten special subframe structures as shown in Table 2 are defined.
  • Ts is the time interval of the system and X is a predefined or configured value.
  • the uplink and downlink resource partitioning is implemented by the definition of the TDD frame structure. Therefore, an LTE cell can only be configured with one TDD frame structure, and only supports fixed uplink and downlink resource partitioning, and system information broadcasted through the cell. The notification, therefore fixed, is shared by all terminals in the cell.
  • a GP is required between the uplink resource and the downlink resource to avoid interference between uplink and downlink in the same cell, and to implement downlink to uplink switching.
  • the GP exists only in the special subframe in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the length of the GP depends on the special subframe configuration.
  • a special subframe configuration corresponds to the downlink resource (DwPTS part) and the uplink in the special subframe.
  • the special subframe configuration is also notified in a cell by the system information broadcasted in the cell, and therefore is fixed, and is shared by all terminals in the cell.
  • the new wireless communication system can support multiple service types, such as eMBB (Enhanced Mobile Broadband) service, URLLC (Ultra Reliable & Low Latency Communication), mMTC (Massive Machine) Type Communication, massively connected Internet of Things), etc., the business volume of the same business will also change.
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC Ultra Reliable & Low Latency Communication
  • mMTC Massive Machine Type Communication
  • massively connected Internet of Things massively connected Internet of Things
  • the uplink resource and the downlink resource can be dynamically divided, and the GP between the uplink and downlink resources also needs to be flexibly changed to adapt to different needs.
  • the uplink and downlink resource allocation and the GP configuration are both cell-specific configurations.
  • the terminals in the cell are all in the same configuration, and cannot dynamically make dynamic changes to the service types, traffic, and interference conditions of the terminals in the future communication system. Adjustment.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a downlink transmission method and related equipment, which are used to implement dynamic adjustment of uplink and downlink resources in a future communication system.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a downlink transmission method, including:
  • the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the determining, by the terminal, the downlink detection location in the first time unit specifically includes:
  • the terminal detects a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determines, according to the second downlink signal, a first time unit that detects the second downlink signal, or detects the first N1 first time units starting from the first time unit of the two downlink signals or downlink detecting positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1 and N2 are An integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
  • the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as the start position of the downlink area, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink area.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
  • the terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines, according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. State the location and/or size of the upstream region;
  • the terminal acquires a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the uplink according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area.
  • the cutoff position of the upstream region determines the location and/or size of the upstream region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink area in which the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit starts; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink
  • the uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
  • a first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a downlink transmission method, including:
  • the base station sends a first downlink signal to the downlink detection location in the first time unit, and is configured to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
  • the determining, by the base station, the downlink detection location in the first time unit specifically includes:
  • the base station sends a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, to notify the terminal that the first time unit of the second downlink signal is detected or the second downlink signal is detected.
  • N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to 1 The integer.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station performs neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determines a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determines a first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area. Size; and / or
  • the base station determines a time advance TA value of the terminal that performs uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determines a size of the second guard interval GP region according to the maximum value of the TA values of the terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station adjusts a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station notifies the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including:
  • a first processing module configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detect a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
  • the second processing module is configured to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Detecting a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit determining, according to the second downlink signal, detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal First time N1 first time units starting from the unit or downlink detecting positions in N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Determining a cutoff position of the guard interval GP region according to the first downlink signal, and setting a cutoff position of the GP region The initial position of the uplink area is determined, and the position and/or size of the uplink area is determined according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink
  • the uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
  • a first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a processing module configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit
  • a sending module configured to send a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or An uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • a second downlink signal configured to notify the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the first time of detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting from the unit or N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • processing module is further configured to:
  • the sending module After determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending module sends the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit,
  • processing module is further configured to:
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit N3 after the unit a downlink start position in the first time unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides another terminal, where the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor, where the preset is stored in the memory.
  • a program for reading a program in the memory according to which the following process is performed:
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor, and the preset is stored in the memory.
  • Program the processor is used to read a program in the memory, according to the program to perform the following process:
  • the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, detects the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location, and determines, according to the first downlink signal, the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink area and/or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location so that the uplink area and/or the downlink area can be dynamically determined according to the downlink detection location and the first downlink signal, so that uplink and downlink can be implemented in a future communication system. Dynamic adjustment of resources.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural view of FS2
  • 2a is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting a length of a part of a downlink area and a GP area according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 2b is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting a length of a portion of an uplink region and a GP region according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 2c is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting lengths of a downlink area, a GP area, and an uplink area according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by a terminal side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by a base station side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by another terminal side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by another base station side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a subframe in a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another subframe in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a subframe in a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another subframe in a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a downlink transmission method in order to implement dynamic adjustment of uplink and downlink resources in a future communication system, a downlink transmission method is proposed, and the core idea of the method is: a time unit includes a downlink area, a GP area, and an uplink area, The base station dynamically determines the length of the GP area according to the system transmission requirement.
  • the length of a part of the downlink area and the GP area may be dynamically adjusted, or the uplink may be dynamically adjusted.
  • the length of a part of the area and the GP area (for example, the length of the fixed downlink transmission part), or dynamically adjust the lengths of the downlink area, the GP area, and the uplink area, as shown in FIG. 2a, dynamically adjusting a part of the downlink area and the GP area.
  • a schematic diagram of the length is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting the lengths of a portion of the uplink region and the GP region
  • FIG. 2c is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting the lengths of the downlink region, the GP region, and the uplink region.
  • the processing flow of the terminal side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 3, and the details are as follows:
  • Step 301 The terminal determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detects a first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit.
  • the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
  • the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to the high layer signaling.
  • the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the base station.
  • the terminal detects the second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, and determines, according to the second downlink signal, the first time unit that detects the second downlink signal or the second downlink signal that is detected.
  • N1 first time units starting with a time unit or N2 first time times after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal A downlink detection position in the unit, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal detects on the first Y symbols in each or a particular first time unit, or starts blind detection from a starting position in each or a particular first time unit. If the second downlink signal is sent in each first time unit, the downlink detection position may be changed for each first time unit, for example, the downlink detection position of the second first time unit may be the first The downlink detection position of a time unit is different, that is, the downlink detection position of each first time unit is independently indicated; if the second downlink signal is sent in a specific first time unit, the second downlink signal is periodic or intermittent.
  • the two first time The downlink detection positions indicated by the second downlink signal sent by the unit may be the same or different.
  • the first time unit i to the first time unit i+3 are all sent according to the first time unit i.
  • the second downlink signal determines its downlink detection position, and the first time unit i+4 to the first time unit i+7 are all determined according to the second downlink signal sent in the first time unit i+4.
  • the downlink detection location is another implementation manner: only the first time unit i, the first time unit i+4, the first time unit i+8, and the like, the first time unit includes the downlink detection position, and the rest If the downlink detection location is not included in the first time unit, the uplink and downlink area division in the first time unit may refer to the first time unit including the downlink detection location in front of the first time unit or work in the default uplink and downlink area division manner or It is determined according to the previously received configuration signaling or the first downlink signal.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. And/or size; if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot includes E symbols, a slot Contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame containing one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to one.
  • the symbols described herein may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols or Other multiple access symbols.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • the first downlink signal and/or the second downlink signal are transmitted through a physical downlink control channel or transmitted through a broadcast channel.
  • the physical downlink control channel is terminal-specific (transmitted in the USS), or shared by a group of terminals, or shared by all terminals (transmitted in the CSS); the physical downlink control channel is transmitted according to the legacy PDCCH mode, and can be used. Legacy DCI or shortened DCI.
  • Step 302 The terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or Or an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including but not limited to the following two specific implementation manners:
  • the terminal acquires the cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and sets the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or N3 after the first time unit.
  • the downlink starting position in the first time unit is used as the starting position of the downlink area;
  • the terminal acquires the start position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or after the first time unit
  • the downlink start position in the N3 first time units is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
  • the terminal acquires the starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the starting position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the preset uplink area.
  • the terminal acquires the start position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal and the cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the start position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the uplink area.
  • the terminal acquires the start position of the uplink area and the length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the start position of the uplink area and the length of the uplink area.
  • the terminal determines the cutoff position of the guard interval GP area according to the first downlink signal, and uses the cutoff position of the GP area as the start position of the uplink area, and determines according to the start position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the preset uplink area.
  • the location and/or size of the upstream area is not limited to the first downlink signal.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area, or the length of the downlink area that needs to be monitored (that is, the length of time for detecting the downlink control channel); or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection position is a downlink region where the downlink detection position starts, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, the same position in the target first time unit as the relative position in the first time unit) a downlink detection location) or a downlink start location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, a pre-configured or defined downlink start location in the target first time unit, the target first time unit may
  • the downlink detection location is not included, but only the downlink start location is used, and the downlink start location is used to determine the downlink region, or the target first time unit may also include a downlink detection location, a downlink detection location, and a downlink start location.
  • the location may be different) the starting downlink region; or the uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location is, in the downlink detection
  • the detected uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format may be, for example, an uplink area in the same time unit as the downlink detection location, or a time after the time unit of the downlink detection location In the uplink area in the unit, the scheduling relationship is predefined or notified in the downlink control channel, or is in the downlink detection location.
  • the uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area, or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is used for transmitting the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location
  • the uplink area of the ACK/NACK feedback information is used for transmitting the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit; if the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, there is no downlink Detecting a first time unit of the location, or a first time unit having a downlink detection location but not detecting the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location, referring to a front downlink detection location and detecting the first downlink signal
  • the division of the downlink area and/or the uplink area in the first time unit for example, if there are two downlink areas and two uplink areas in the first one of the first time units, the first time unit is divided in the same manner Downstream area and upside area.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • the first downlink signal when used to determine at least a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, the first downlink signal is a downlink DCI format (ie, bearer downlink scheduling signaling).
  • the downlink control channel may be UE-specific or may be common to a group of UEs or all UEs;
  • the first downlink signal When the first downlink signal is used to determine an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location, if the uplink region is detected in a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location or the downlink detection location
  • the downlink control channel of the signaling, the downlink control channel may be UE-specific, or may be common to a group of UEs or all UEs.
  • the processing flow of the base station side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 4, and the details are as follows:
  • Step 401 The base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
  • the base station determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
  • the base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifies the terminal of the downlink detection location in the first time unit by using the high layer signaling;
  • Manner 2 the base station determines, according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
  • the base station sends a second downlink signal at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, for Knowing that the first time unit of the second downlink signal is detected by the terminal or the N1 first time units starting from the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the N2 first time after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal A downlink detection position in a time unit, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the base station transmits a second downlink signal on the first Y symbols in each or a particular first time unit, or selects from a starting position in each or a particular first time unit.
  • One location transmits a second downlink signal. If the second downlink signal is sent in each first time unit, the downlink detection position may be changed for each first time unit, for example, the downlink detection position of the second first time unit may be the first The downlink detection position of a time unit is different, that is, the downlink detection position of each first time unit is independently indicated; if the second downlink signal is sent in a specific first time unit, the second downlink signal is periodic or intermittent.
  • the two first time The downlink detection positions indicated by the second downlink signal sent by the unit may be the same or different.
  • the first time unit i to the first time unit i+3 are all sent according to the first time unit i.
  • the second downlink signal determines its downlink detection position, and the first time unit i+4 to the first time unit i+7 are all determined according to the second downlink signal sent in the first time unit i+4.
  • the downlink detection location is another implementation manner: only the first time unit i, the first time unit i+4, the first time unit i+8, and the like, the first time unit includes the downlink detection position, and the rest If the downlink detection location is not included in the first time unit, the uplink and downlink area division in the first time unit may refer to the first time unit including the downlink detection location in front of the first time unit or work in the default uplink and downlink area division manner or It is determined according to the previously received configuration signaling or the first downlink signal.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit and/or Or the size; if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot includes E symbols, A slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame containing one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, and E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to one.
  • the symbols described herein may be OFDM symbols or SC-FDMA symbols or other multiple access symbols.
  • Step 402 The base station sends a first downlink signal to the downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or corresponding to the downlink region. Upstream area.
  • the base station after the base station determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the downlink detection location in the first time unit sends the first downlink signal, the base station performs before the downlink detection location.
  • the neighboring area interference measurement determines the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area, and determines the size of the first GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area, where the first GP area is to avoid the neighboring area Interference required GP area; and/or the base station determines a time advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink area after the downlink detection position, and determining the second GP area according to the maximum value of the TA values of the terminal
  • the size of the second GP area is the GP area required to avoid uplink and downlink interference.
  • the base station adjusts a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
  • the base station notifies the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries the size of the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries the size of the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries the GP area.
  • a size, a size of the GP area being a size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or a GP area determined according to a size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area the size of.
  • the first downlink signal carries the cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or the downlink detection location or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units subsequent to the unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area As a starting position of the uplink area, determining a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area (that is, the length of time for detecting the downlink control channel), or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or the downlink detection location corresponds to
  • the downlink area is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (for example, the target in the first time unit) a downlink detection location having the same relative position in a time unit) or a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, a downlink start configured or defined in the target first time unit) Position
  • the target first time unit may not include a downlink detection location, but only a downlink start location, where the downlink start location is used to determine a downlink region, or the target first time unit may also include a downlink The detection location, the downlink detection location and the downlink start location may be different) the starting downlink region; or the downlink
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • the processing flow of the terminal side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 5, and the details are as follows:
  • Step 501 The terminal determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
  • step 301 The specific manner of determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit is the same as that in step 301. For details, refer to the detailed description of step 301, which is not repeated here.
  • Step 502 The terminal determines, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the terminal determines, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, where the terminal detects the received power of the signal on each symbol or mini-slot or second time unit from the downlink detection location. Determining, as the cutoff position of the downlink area, the first received power is less than the preset threshold, and determining the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or The downlink start position is used as the start position of the downlink region.
  • the terminal determines, by using the blind detection, the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, where the terminal starts to detect the downlink control channel from the downlink detection location, according to the detected downlink control channel or the downlink control.
  • the uplink feedback resource size and/or the uplink shared channel resource size indicated in the channel determine an uplink region.
  • the area is the corresponding uplink area, or the downlink control channel is not indicated.
  • the location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK, the feedback location is determined according to a predefined feedback timing, and the feedback resource size may be notified by the downlink control channel, or is predefined or configured, and the corresponding uplink may also be determined.
  • the uplink control channel of the uplink shared channel is used, and the uplink resource location and size of the uplink shared channel are indicated, the corresponding uplink region may be determined according to the indicated uplink resource.
  • FIG. 6 the processing flow of the base station side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 6, which is specifically as follows:
  • Step 601 The base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
  • step 401 For a specific implementation of the downlink detection location of the first time unit, the detailed description of the step 401 is not repeated here.
  • Step 602 The base station determines an uplink area and/or a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to an actual requirement, and performs corresponding data transmission and reception in the corresponding area.
  • the base station sends the downlink transmission to the terminal in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including transmitting the downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format, the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format, and the downlink shared channel, and all the times occupied by the channels
  • the cutoff position of the domain position is the cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first line detection position or the first time unit is used as the downlink area
  • the start position is such that when the terminal starts the blind detection signal from the downlink detection position, the received power exceeding the preset threshold can always be detected in the downlink region determined by the base station, thereby determining that the base station transmits the downlink region of the downlink transmission.
  • the base station when the base station sends a downlink transmission that needs to perform ACK/NACK feedback in the downlink area (for example, a downlink control channel or a downlink shared channel indicating downlink SPS resource release), the base station is in an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. Receive uplink transmission of the terminal.
  • a downlink transmission that needs to perform ACK/NACK feedback in the downlink area for example, a downlink control channel or a downlink shared channel indicating downlink SPS resource release
  • the base station sends a downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format that needs to perform ACK/NACK feedback, where the size and location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK are indicated in the downlink control channel, and the area is the corresponding uplink area, or The location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK is not indicated in the downlink control channel, and the location of the feedback resource is determined according to a predefined feedback timing, and the feedback resource size may be notified by the downlink control channel, or is predefined or If the configuration is performed, the corresponding uplink area may be determined.
  • the base station sends a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format, where the uplink resource location and size of an uplink shared channel are indicated, and the uplink is indicated according to the uplink control channel. Resources can determine the corresponding Upstream area.
  • the length of a first time unit is one slot, one slot contains 7 OFDM symbols, and one subframe contains 2 slots; assuming that the length of a second time unit is One OFDM symbol; and, assuming a downlink to uplink switching time of 20 us, assuming that the length of one OFDM symbol is 66.7 us.
  • the values of the parameters described herein are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit the range of values of the various parameters. The scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the base station determines to divide a slot into an uplink area and a downlink area, and between the uplink area and the downlink area is a GP, wherein the uplink area is fixed as the last OFDM symbol of a slot, and the start position of the downlink area is fixed to one.
  • the first OFDM symbol of the slot that is, the downlink detection position is fixed to the first OFDM symbol of one slot.
  • the base station notifies the terminal of the uplink and downlink division manner of a slot by using high layer signaling or configuration information sent at a specific location.
  • the configuration information sent by the specific location may be sent periodically, for example, in each slot or in the first N OFDM symbols in each subframe or multiple slots or multiple subframes, where the value of N is greater than or equal to 1 .
  • the base station and the terminal may also be an uplink-downlink division manner that pre-arranges a slot, so that signaling is not required.
  • the base station determines the GP size required in the current slot of the current subframe according to step A or step B or combining steps A and B, and further determines the size of the downlink region in the slot, where the size of the uplink region Fixed, specifically:
  • Step A The base station determines how many terminals in the uplink area in the current slot need to send uplink data, and uses the maximum value of the Timing Advance (TA) value of each terminal that needs to send uplink data. Determine the TA value of GP1;
  • TA Timing Advance
  • Step B The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement in the uplink area before the current slot, and obtains the strength of the neighboring area interference. According to the strength, it is determined whether the GP2 for the neighboring area interference needs to be reserved in the GP part, and the base station can according to the GP2. Adjusting the downlink area of the cell, or the base station may adjust the downlink area of the cell according to the GP2, and notify the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs to the GP2, and the neighboring base station adjusts the uplink or downlink of the neighboring area according to the GP2.
  • the area is to avoid the interference of the neighboring area, or the base station may not directly consider the GP2 when determining the GP and the downlink area of the current cell, and directly notify the GP2 to the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs, and the neighboring base station according to the GP2 according to the GP2 Adjust the downlink area of the neighboring area to avoid the interference of the downlink area of the neighboring area to the uplink of the area.
  • the base station does not need to perform the process of step B, and only needs to determine an integer number of OFDMs that meet the requirements according to the GP1 obtained in step A.
  • the symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined that the maximum TA is 45us according to step A, it is determined that the length of GP1 is 45us, and the switching time of 20us needs to be reserved. 65us needs to be reserved, rounded up, and 1 OFDM symbol is needed as the actual GP. Therefore, the downlink area is determined to be 5 OFDM symbol sizes, that is, the 1st to 5th OFDM symbols are downlink areas.
  • the base station does not need to perform the process of step A, and only needs to determine an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement according to the GP2 obtained in step B as actual.
  • GP for example, if it is determined according to step B that there is strong interference exceeding the threshold, and the duration of the strong interference is 75 us, it is determined that the length of the GP2 is 75 us, and the switching time of 20 us needs to be reserved, then 95us needs to be reserved, and the upward is taken.
  • two OFDM symbols are required as the actual GP, so that the downlink region is determined to be 4 OFDM symbol sizes, that is, the first to fourth OFDM symbols are downlink regions.
  • an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement is determined as the actual GP, for example, it is assumed that the length of the GP1 is 45us according to step A, and the length of the GP2 is determined according to step B. For the 75us, the switchover time of 20us is also required. For a total of 150us, the uplink is rounded up. Three OFDM symbols are needed as the actual GP, so that the downlink region is determined to be 3 OFDM symbols, that is, the first to third. The OFDM symbol is a downlink area.
  • the base station sends the downlink signal 1 on the specific resource in the current slot, and informs the terminal of the downlink area size in the slot through the downlink signal 1, so that the GP size is implicitly notified when the uplink area is fixed, or the downlink signal is passed.
  • the base station transmits the downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol of each slot (which can occupy the fixed frequency domain position, or if it is carried in the downlink control channel), but becomes the first A OFDM symbol of a slot as the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel that uses the downlink DCI format, and may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be terminal-specific bearer downlink scheduling. Downlink control channel for signaling; of course, downlink signal 1 can also be broadcasted in a specific manner A fixed manner on the transmission, or independent data scheduling feedback relationship with relationships).
  • the base station repeats the foregoing method for each slot in each subframe, and the GP lengths required for different slots may be different, so the downlink region size indicated by the downlink signal 1 may be different.
  • the base station sends a downlink control channel in the downlink DCI (Downlink Control Information) format in the downlink area of each slot, and sends the downlink sharing scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink area.
  • a channel further in an uplink region corresponding to the ACK/NACK feedback carrying the downlink shared channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink region in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured
  • the uplink area in the next slot is indicated, and the uplink area in the current slot is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the base station sends the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format in a downlink area
  • the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the next slot.
  • the corresponding relationship is the uplink area in the current slot.
  • the uplink area where the ACK/NACK feedback transmission of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area is located, and the uplink is used.
  • the uplink area in which the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by the DCI format downlink control channel is located may be the same or different) receiving the uplink shared channel.
  • the terminal receives the high layer signaling or receives the configuration information at a specific location. Specifically, the terminal may periodically receive the high layer signaling or the configuration information.
  • the terminal acquires the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot carried in the high-layer signaling, or the terminal acquires the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot carried in the configuration information; It is also possible to obtain the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot according to a pre-agreed, so that it is not necessary to receive high layer signaling or configuration information.
  • the terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on the specific resource of the slot 0 of the subframe i, so as to obtain the downlink region size in the slot; it is assumed that the downlink signal 1 occupies only 1 OFDM symbol transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, only However, the first A OFDM symbol becomes a downlink detection position, and the terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol of each slot (the downlink signal 1 can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if the downlink signal 1 is carried in the downlink control channel, and is detected in the search space according to the definition of the search space of the downlink control channel.
  • the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format, which may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be The terminal-specific downlink control channel carrying the downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 can also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of the data scheduling relationship or the feedback relationship, and is determined according to the same transmission mode on the transmitting side of the base station.
  • the size of the downlink area may be a downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format, which may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be The terminal-specific downlink control channel carrying the downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 can also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of the data scheduling relationship or the feedback relationship, and is determined according to the same transmission mode on the transmitting side of the base station. The size of the downlink area.
  • the GP size may be implicitly determined according to the downlink area size, or if the downlink signal 1 directly informs the determined GP size, the downlink may be implicitly determined according to the GP size when the UL area size is fixed. The size of the area.
  • the terminal repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe to determine the size of the downlink region in each slot, and the size of the downlink region in different slots may be different.
  • the terminal detects the downlink control channel in the determined downlink area of each slot, and when detecting the downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format, receives the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel, and further uses the downlink shared channel in the downlink area.
  • the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot, and only the corresponding relationship in FIG.
  • the uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink region in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the next region.
  • the uplink area in the current slot is only taken as an example in FIG. 7; in addition, the ACK of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area is used.
  • the uplink area where the NACK feedback transmission is located may be the same as or different from the uplink area in which the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format is transmitted.
  • a slot includes two uplink areas and two downlink detection positions, as shown in FIG. 8, the specific base station and the terminal implementation process are similar, except that the base station needs to detect each downlink in each slot.
  • the location sends a downlink signal 1 indicating the size of the downlink region at which the downlink detection location starts.
  • the terminal needs to receive the downlink signal 1 at multiple downlink detection locations in a slot, and obtain the downlink region size starting from the downlink detection location; The same is true when the time unit is one subframe or other time unit.
  • the length of one first time unit is one slot, one slot contains 7 OFDM symbols, and one subframe contains 2 slots; assuming that the length of one second time unit is one OFDM symbol; It is assumed that the switching time of the downlink to the uplink is 20 us, and the length of one OFDM symbol is 66.7 us. It should be noted that the values of the parameters described herein are only examples and are not used to limit the value range of each parameter. The scope of protection of the invention is not limited thereby.
  • the base station side determines that one slot is divided into one uplink area and one downlink area, and the uplink area and the downlink area are GPs.
  • the downlink area is fixed to the first two OFDM symbols of one slot, and the start position of the downlink area is fixed to The first OFDM symbol of a slot (ie, the downlink detection position), assuming that the cutoff position of the uplink region is the last OFDM/SC-FDMA symbol of a slot, of course, for example only, the scope of protection of the present invention is not This is a limitation.
  • Other uplink and downlink division modes are similar to the implementation process of this implementation, and are not described here.
  • the base station notifies the uplink and downlink partitioning mode of the terminal slot by the high layer signaling or the configuration information sent at the specific location, where the configuration information sent by the specific location may be periodically sent, for example, each slot or each subframe or multiple slots or
  • the first N OFDM symbols are sent on the first N OFDM symbols, and N is 1 or 2; of course, the terminal and the base station can pre-agreed the uplink and downlink division manner so that no signaling is needed.
  • the base station determines the GP size required in the current slot of the current subframe according to step A or step B or combines steps A and B, and further determines the size of the uplink region in the slot, and the size of the downlink region is fixed. specifically:
  • Step A The base station determines how many terminals in the uplink area in the current slot need to send uplink data, and takes the maximum value of the TA values of each terminal that needs to send uplink data as the TA value of determining GP1;
  • Step B The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement in the uplink area before the current slot, and obtains the strength of the neighboring area interference. According to the strength, it is determined whether the GP part reserved area is used for GP2 against the neighboring area interference, and the base station can adjust the uplink area of the current cell according to the GP2, and the base station can also notify the GP2 while adjusting the uplink area of the current cell according to the GP2.
  • the neighboring base station adjusts the uplink or downlink area of the neighboring area according to the GP2 to avoid neighboring area interference, or the base station may also consider GP2 when determining the GP and the uplink area of the current cell, And directly, the GP2 notifies the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs, and the neighboring base station adjusts at least the downlink area of the neighboring area according to the GP2 to avoid interference of the downlink area of the neighboring area to the uplink of the area.
  • the base station does not need to perform the process of step B, and only needs to determine the integer number of OFDM/s that meet the requirement according to the GP1 obtained in step A.
  • the SC-FDMA symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined according to step A that the maximum TA is 45us, it is determined that the length of the GP1 is 45us, and the switching time of 20us needs to be reserved, then 65us needs to be reserved, and rounded up, and one is needed.
  • the OFDM symbol is used as the actual GP, so that the uplink region is determined to be 4 symbol sizes, that is, the 4th to 7th OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are uplink regions.
  • the base station does not need to perform the process of step A, and only needs to determine the integer number of OFDM/SCs that meet the requirements according to the GP2 obtained in step B.
  • the FDMA symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined according to step B that there is strong interference exceeding the threshold, and the duration of the strong interference is 75 us, the length of the GP2 is determined to be 75 us, and the switching time of 20 us is also required. Leave 95us, round up, and need 2 OFDM symbols as the actual GP, so that the uplink region is determined to be 3 symbol sizes, that is, the 5th to 7th OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are downlink regions.
  • an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement is determined as the actual GP, for example, if it is determined according to step A, the length of the GP1 is 45us, and according to step B, it is determined.
  • the length of the GP2 is 75us, and the switchover time of 20us is also required.
  • For a total of 150us a total of 150us is reserved and rounded up.
  • Three OFDM symbols are needed as the actual GP, so that the uplink area is determined to be two symbol sizes, that is, the sixth to seventh.
  • the OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are the downlink regions.
  • the base station sends a downlink signal 1 to the specific resource in the downlink area for scheduling the uplink area in the current slot, and notifies the size of the uplink area in the slot, so that the GP size is implicitly notified when the size of the downlink area is fixed; or directly
  • the GP size determined above is notified, so that the size of the uplink area is implicitly notified when the size of the downlink area is fixed. It is assumed that the downlink signal 1 occupies only one OFDM symbol transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, but only becomes the first A OFDM symbol of one slot as the downlink detection position), assuming that the downlink region in the previous slot is used.
  • the base station After scheduling the uplink area in a slot, the base station sends a downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol in the previous slot (can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if the bearer is in the downlink control channel, according to the downlink control channel
  • the search space definition is sent in the search space, and the downlink control channel can be used to use the downlink DCI grid.
  • the downlink control channel may of course be a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format. Specifically, if the uplink region is used for ACK/NACK feedback for downlink transmission in the downlink region, the downlink control channel may be used.
  • the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format if the uplink area is used for uplink shared channel transmission, the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format (ie, a downlink control channel for scheduling uplink shared channel transmission) If the same downlink area has the above functions, both of the downlink control channels can be used as the downlink signal 1, or one of them can be used as the downlink signal 1.
  • the downlink control channel can be shared by all terminals or some terminals. It may be a terminal-specific downlink control channel carrying downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 may also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of a data scheduling relationship or a feedback relationship, for notifying the current slot. Upstream area size.
  • the base station repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe, and the GP lengths required for different slots may be different, so the size of the uplink region indicated by the downlink signal 1 may be different.
  • the base station sends a downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format in the downlink area of each slot, and sends the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink area, and further carries the ACK/NACK corresponding to the downlink shared channel.
  • the uplink area of the feedback (the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the corresponding relationship is the next slot.
  • the uplink area is an example of receiving ACK/NACK feedback; the base station transmits a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format in a downlink region, and is in an uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as The uplink area in the current slot may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the uplink area in the next slot is taken as an example; in addition, it is sent in the same downlink area.
  • Uplink region where the ACK/NACK feedback transmission of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format is used Uplink using an uplink region and a downlink control channel DCI format scheduled uplink shared channel transmission is performed may be the same or different) receiving the uplink shared channel.
  • the terminal receives the high layer signaling or receives the configuration information at a specific location (which may be periodic reception), and obtains the downlink detection location and the downlink region division in each slot carried in the high layer signaling or the configuration information, and the deadline of the uplink region. Location; of course, the terminal may also obtain the downlink detection location and the downlink region division in the slot and the cutoff location of the uplink region according to a pre-agreed, so that it is not necessary to receive high layer signaling or configuration information.
  • the terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on a specific resource in the downlink region of the uplink region in the slot 0 for scheduling the subframe i, thereby obtaining the uplink region size in the slot 0 of the subframe i; and assuming that the downlink signal 1 occupies only one OFDM symbol Transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, except that the first A OFDM symbols of one slot are used as downlink detection positions), and the terminal receives on a specific resource in the downlink region in slot 1 in the previous subframe.
  • Downlink signal 1 (can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if it is carried in the downlink control channel, is detected in the search space according to the search space definition of the downlink control channel, and the downlink control channel can be downlink control using the downlink DCI format
  • the channel may also be a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format.
  • the downlink control channel may be in the downlink DCI format.
  • the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format (ie, a downlink control channel for scheduling uplink shared channel transmission), if the same If the downlink area has the above functions, the two downlink control channels may be used as the downlink signal 1 or one of the downlink control signals may be used as the downlink signal 1.
  • the downlink control channel may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be exclusive to the terminal.
  • the downlink control channel carrying the downlink scheduling signaling can also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of the data scheduling relationship or the feedback relationship, so that the downlink is determined according to the same transmission mode on the transmitting side of the base station.
  • Area size if the downlink signal 1 is directly connected If the size of the uplink area in the slot is fixed, the GP size may be implicitly determined according to the size of the uplink area, or if the downlink signal 1 directly informs the determined GP size, the size of the downlink area is fixed. The size of the uplink area can be implicitly determined according to the GP size.
  • the terminal repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe to determine the size of the downlink region in each slot, and the size of the downlink region in different slots may be different.
  • the terminal detects the downlink control channel in the determined downlink area of each slot, and when detecting the downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format, receives the downlink shared channel scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format, further in the downlink area.
  • Corresponding uplink area for performing ACK/NACK feedback (the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the next slot, only in FIG. 9
  • the ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink shared channel is transmitted by using the uplink information in the next slot as an example.
  • the uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel is used.
  • the uplink area may be configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, or may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the corresponding relationship is the uplink area in the next slot.
  • the downlink shared signal scheduled by the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area may be the same as or different from the uplink area where the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format is transmitted.
  • a slot is divided into two uplink areas and two downlink detection locations, as shown in FIG. 10, the specific base station and terminal implementation processes are similar, except that the base station needs to be targeted for each slot.
  • the downlink detection location sends a downlink signal 1 indicating the size of the uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location, and the terminal needs to receive the downlink signal 1 in multiple downlink detection locations in a slot, and obtain the uplink region size corresponding to the downlink detection location;
  • a first time unit is a sub-frame or other time unit.
  • the base station may only notify or agree on the downlink detection location (ie, the downlink in one time unit).
  • the start position) and the uplink end position, the uplink start position and the downlink end position are all related to the GP size, and can be simultaneously adjusted according to GP1 and/or GP2, and notify the terminal of the corresponding adjustment result by the downlink signal 1; The same side.
  • the terminal mainly includes:
  • the first processing module 1101 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detect a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
  • the second processing module 1102 is configured to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Detecting a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit determining, according to the second downlink signal, detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or detecting downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink start position in the N3 first time units is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink
  • the uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
  • a first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • the base station mainly includes:
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit
  • the sending module 1202 is configured to send a first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or Or an uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • a second downlink signal configured to notify the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the first time of detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting from the unit or downlink detecting positions in N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • processing module is further configured to:
  • the sending module After determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending module sends the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit,
  • processing module is further configured to:
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink area in which the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit starts; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink
  • the uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • the terminal mainly includes:
  • the first processing module 1301 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit
  • the second processing module 1302 is configured to determine, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the base station mainly includes:
  • the processing module 1401 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit
  • the sending module 1402 is configured to determine an uplink area and/or a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to actual requirements, and perform corresponding data transmission and reception in the corresponding area.
  • the terminal mainly includes processing.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1501, the memory 1502 stores a preset program, and the processor 1501 is configured to read the memory 1502. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area, or the length of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is: a downlink region where the location starts, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is the downlink control channel that is detected by using the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the uplink area, or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit; if the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, For the first time unit in which the downlink detection location does not exist, or the first time unit in which the downlink detection location exists but the first downlink signal is not detected in the downlink detection location, refer to the presence of the downlink detection in front of the downlink detection location Positioning and detecting the division of the downlink region and/or the uplink region in the first time unit of the first downlink signal.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the base station mainly includes processing.
  • the processor 1601 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1601, the memory 1602 stores a preset program, and the processor 1601 is configured to read the memory 1602. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
  • the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  • the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the processor adjusts a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or a downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area. Upstream area.
  • the processor instructs the transceiver to notify the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units subsequent to the unit as a start position of the downlink region, and a start of the GP region
  • the position is determined as a cutoff position of the down zone
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
  • the first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
  • the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset
  • the cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  • the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
  • the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
  • the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink
  • the uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  • the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
  • the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  • the terminal mainly includes processing.
  • the device 1701 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1701, the memory 1702 stores a preset program, and the processor 1701 is configured to read the memory 1702. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
  • a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location are determined by blind detection.
  • the base station mainly includes processing.
  • the uplink area and/or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit are determined according to actual requirements, and corresponding data is transmitted and received in the corresponding area.
  • the processor, the memory and the transceiver are connected by a bus, and the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically represented by one or more processors and memories represented by the processor.
  • the various circuits of the memory are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store the data that the processor uses when performing operations.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

Disclosed in the present invention are a downlink transmission method and a corresponding device, used to enable dynamic adjustment of uplink and downlink resources in a future communications system. The method is: a terminal determining a downlink detection location during a first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in said downlink detection location during the first time unit; the terminal determining, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.

Description

一种下行传输方法及相关设备Downlink transmission method and related equipment
本申请要求在2016年9月23日提交中国专利局、申请号为201610848534.9、发明名称为“一种下行传输方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及,要求在2016年12月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为201611249798.9、发明名称为“一种下行传输方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application filed on September 23, 2016, the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201610848534.9, the invention name is "a downlink transmission method and related equipment", and the request is on December 29, 2016. The priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 201611249798.9, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in its entirety in its entirety in the the the the the the the the the
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种下行传输方法及相关设备。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a downlink transmission method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的帧结构:Frame structure in Long Term Evolution (LTE) system:
现有的LTE系统中针对时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)定义了如下帧结构:In the existing LTE system, the following frame structure is defined for Time Division Duplex (TDD):
LTE TDD系统中使用帧结构类型2(Frame Structure Type 2,简称FS2),如图1所示为FS2的结构示意图。上行和下行传输使用相同频率上的不同子帧或不同时隙。FS2中每个10ms长度的无线帧由两个5ms长度的半帧构成,每个半帧包含5个1ms长度的子帧。FS2中的子帧分为三类,分别为:下行子帧、上行子帧和特殊子帧,每个特殊子帧由下行传输时隙(Downlink Pilot Time Slot,DwPTS)、保护间隔(Guard Period,GP)和上行传输时隙(Uplink Pilot Time Slot,UpPTS)三部分构成。每个半帧中包含至少1个下行子帧和至少1个上行子帧,以及最多1个特殊子帧。根据不同的上下行切换点周期和上下行分配比例,定义了如表1所示的7种TDD上下行配置,以及如表2所示的10种特殊子帧结构。The Frame Structure Type 2 (FS2) is used in the LTE TDD system. Figure 1 shows the structure of the FS2. Uplink and downlink transmissions use different subframes or different time slots on the same frequency. Each 10 ms length radio frame in FS2 consists of two 5 ms length half frames, each of which contains five 1 ms length subframes. The sub-frames in FS2 are classified into three types: downlink sub-frames, uplink sub-frames, and special sub-frames. Each special sub-frame consists of Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS) and Guard Period (Guard Period, GP) and Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS) are composed of three parts. Each field includes at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, and at most one special subframe. According to different uplink and downlink switching point periods and uplink and downlink allocation ratios, seven kinds of TDD uplink and downlink configurations as shown in Table 1 and ten special subframe structures as shown in Table 2 are defined.
表1:上下行配置Table 1: Uplink and downlink configurations
Figure PCTCN2017092649-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017092649-appb-000001
表2:特殊子帧配置(DwPTS/GP/UpPTS长度)Table 2: Special Subframe Configuration (DwPTS/GP/UpPTS Length)
Figure PCTCN2017092649-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2017092649-appb-000002
其中,Ts为系统采用时间间隔,X为预先定义或配置的值。Where Ts is the time interval of the system and X is a predefined or configured value.
在LTE系统中,上下行资源划分是通过TDD帧结构的定义实现的,因此一个LTE小区,只能配置一种TDD帧结构,则只支持固定的上下行资源划分,通过小区中广播的系统信息通知,因此是固定不变,是该小区中所有终端共享的。In the LTE system, the uplink and downlink resource partitioning is implemented by the definition of the TDD frame structure. Therefore, an LTE cell can only be configured with one TDD frame structure, and only supports fixed uplink and downlink resource partitioning, and system information broadcasted through the cell. The notification, therefore fixed, is shared by all terminals in the cell.
此外,LTE系统中,上行资源和下行资源之间需要GP来避免同一个小区中上行和下行之间的干扰、以及实现下行到上行的切换。GP仅在上述每个TDD上下行配置中的特殊子帧中存在,GP的长度取决于特殊子帧配置,一种特殊子帧配置就对应了在特殊子帧中下行资源(DwPTS部分)、上行资源(UpPTS部分)和GP部分的长度划分。特殊子帧配置在一个小区中也是通过小区中广播的系统信息通知的,因此是固定不变的,是该小区中所有终端共享的。In addition, in the LTE system, a GP is required between the uplink resource and the downlink resource to avoid interference between uplink and downlink in the same cell, and to implement downlink to uplink switching. The GP exists only in the special subframe in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations. The length of the GP depends on the special subframe configuration. A special subframe configuration corresponds to the downlink resource (DwPTS part) and the uplink in the special subframe. The length of the resource (UpPTS part) and the GP part. The special subframe configuration is also notified in a cell by the system information broadcasted in the cell, and therefore is fixed, and is shared by all terminals in the cell.
随着移动通信业务需求的发展变化,ITU(International Telecommunication Union,国际电信联盟)和3GPP(3rd Generation partnership project,3代合作项目)等组织都开始研 究新的无线通信系统(例如5G系统)。新的无线通信系统可以支持多种业务类型并存,例如eMBB(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,增强型移动互联网)业务、URLLC(Ultra Reliable&Low Latency Communication,超高可靠性与超低时延)业务、mMTC(Massive Machine Type Communication,海量连接的物联网)业务等,同一种业务的业务量也会发生变化。当上下行业务采用TDM(Time Division Multiplexing,时分复用)方式共享同一频段资源时,为了支持不同业务类型和业务量需求,需要支持灵活可变的资源划分。With the development of mobile communication services, organizations such as the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) and 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) have begun to research. Research on new wireless communication systems (such as 5G systems). The new wireless communication system can support multiple service types, such as eMBB (Enhanced Mobile Broadband) service, URLLC (Ultra Reliable & Low Latency Communication), mMTC (Massive Machine) Type Communication, massively connected Internet of Things), etc., the business volume of the same business will also change. When the uplink and downlink services use the Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) mode to share the same frequency band resources, in order to support different service types and traffic requirements, flexible and variable resource allocation needs to be supported.
可见,未来通信系统中,上行资源和下行资源可以较为动态进行划分,上下行资源之间的GP也需要灵活变化以适应不同的需求。而LTE系统中,上下行资源划分和GP配置都是小区专属的配置,该小区中的终端都是相同的配置,不能针对未来通信系统中终端灵活变化的业务类型、业务量、干扰情况作出动态的调整。It can be seen that in the future communication system, the uplink resource and the downlink resource can be dynamically divided, and the GP between the uplink and downlink resources also needs to be flexibly changed to adapt to different needs. In the LTE system, the uplink and downlink resource allocation and the GP configuration are both cell-specific configurations. The terminals in the cell are all in the same configuration, and cannot dynamically make dynamic changes to the service types, traffic, and interference conditions of the terminals in the future communication system. Adjustment.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种下行传输方法及相关设备,用以能够在未来通信系统中实现上下行资源的动态调整。The embodiments of the present invention provide a downlink transmission method and related equipment, which are used to implement dynamic adjustment of uplink and downlink resources in a future communication system.
本发明实施例提供的具体技术方案如下:The specific technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention are as follows:
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种下行传输方法,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a downlink transmission method, including:
终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,具体包括:In a possible implementation, the determining, by the terminal, the downlink detection location in the first time unit, specifically includes:
所述终端根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to high layer signaling; or
所述终端根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the base station; or
所述终端在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。The terminal detects a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determines, according to the second downlink signal, a first time unit that detects the second downlink signal, or detects the first N1 first time units starting from the first time unit of the two downlink signals or downlink detecting positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1 and N2 are An integer greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。 In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining, by the terminal, a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location or location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit Determining a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Obtaining, by the terminal, a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detecting position or a downlink detecting position or location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit The downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as the start position of the downlink area, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink area.
可能的实施方式中,所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines, according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. State the location and/or size of the upstream region;
或者,or,
所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the uplink according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. The location and/or size of the area;
或者,or,
所述终端根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining, by the terminal, a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area according to the first downlink signal, using a cutoff position of the GP area as a start position of the uplink area, according to a start position and a preset of the uplink area The cutoff position of the upstream region determines the location and/or size of the upstream region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所 述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink area in which the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit starts; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。If the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, for the first time unit where the downlink detection location does not exist, or the downlink detection location exists but no detection is detected in the downlink detection location A first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种下行传输方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a downlink transmission method, including:
基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
所述基站在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。The base station sends a first downlink signal to the downlink detection location in the first time unit, and is configured to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
可能的实施方式中,所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,具体包括:In a possible implementation, the determining, by the base station, the downlink detection location in the first time unit, specifically includes:
所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
所述基站根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
所述基站在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。The base station sends a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, to notify the terminal that the first time unit of the second downlink signal is detected or the second downlink signal is detected. N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to 1 The integer.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。 And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after the determining, by the base station, the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit, the method further includes:
所述基站在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determines a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determines a first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area. Size; and / or
所述基站确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。The base station determines a time advance TA value of the terminal that performs uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determines a size of the second guard interval GP region according to the maximum value of the TA values of the terminal.
可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述基站根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The base station adjusts a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述基站将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。The base station notifies the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小; The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的上行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including:
第一处理模块,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;a first processing module, configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detect a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
第二处理模块,用于根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The second processing module is configured to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the first processing module is specifically configured to:
根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, according to the high layer signaling, a downlink detection location in the first time unit; or
根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-agreed with the base station; or
在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间 单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Detecting a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determining, according to the second downlink signal, detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal First time N1 first time units starting from the unit or downlink detecting positions in N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Acquiring a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detecting position or the downlink detecting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first The downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the time unit is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area, and/or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area Location and / or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area And / or size;
或者,or,
根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位 置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining a cutoff position of the guard interval GP region according to the first downlink signal, and setting a cutoff position of the GP region The initial position of the uplink area is determined, and the position and/or size of the uplink area is determined according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。If the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, for the first time unit where the downlink detection location does not exist, or the downlink detection location exists but no detection is detected in the downlink detection location A first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种基站,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
处理模块,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;a processing module, configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
发送模块,用于在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。a sending module, configured to send a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or An uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically configured to:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中 的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Transmitting, at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, a second downlink signal, configured to notify the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the first time of detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting from the unit or N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal The downlink detection position, where N1 and N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块还用于:In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to:
在确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述发送模块在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,After determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending module sends the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit,
在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或Performing a neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determining a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determining a size of the first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area; and /or
确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。Determining a timing advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determining a size of the second guard interval GP region according to a maximum value among the TA values of the terminal.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块还用于:In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to:
根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。And adjusting a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述发送模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to:
将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。Notifying the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3 个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit N3 after the unit a downlink start position in the first time unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的上行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了另一种终端,该终端包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,收发机用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器中保存有预设的程序,处理器用于读取存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides another terminal, where the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor, where the preset is stored in the memory. a program for reading a program in the memory, according to which the following process is performed:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号; Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。Determining, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
第六方面,本发明实施例中还提供了一种基站,该基站包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,收发机用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器中保存有预设的程序,处理器用于读取存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor, and the preset is stored in the memory. Program, the processor is used to read a program in the memory, according to the program to perform the following process:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining a downlink detection position in the first time unit;
通过收发机在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。Transmitting, by the transceiver, the first downlink signal in the downlink detection position in the first time unit, to notify the terminal, according to the first downlink signal, to determine a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
基于上述技术方案,本发明实施例中,终端通过确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,在该下行检测位置检测第一下行信号,根据该第一下行信号确定与该下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与该下行检测位置对应的上行区域,从而可以根据该下行检测位置以及该第一下行信号动态确定上行区域和/或下行区域,使得能够在未来通信系统中实现上下行资源的动态调整。Based on the foregoing technical solution, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, detects the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location, and determines, according to the first downlink signal, the downlink detection location. The downlink area and/or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, so that the uplink area and/or the downlink area can be dynamically determined according to the downlink detection location and the first downlink signal, so that uplink and downlink can be implemented in a future communication system. Dynamic adjustment of resources.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为FS2的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural view of FS2;
图2a为本发明实施例中动态调整下行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度的示意图;2a is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting a length of a part of a downlink area and a GP area according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2b为本发明实施例中动态调整上行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度的示意图;2b is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting a length of a portion of an uplink region and a GP region according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2c为本发明实施例中动态调整下行区域、GP区域和上行区域三者的长度的示意图;2c is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting lengths of a downlink area, a GP area, and an uplink area according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例中终端侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by a terminal side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例中基站侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by a base station side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例中另一终端侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by another terminal side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明实施例中另一基站侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of processing performed by another base station side in a downlink transmission process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明第一具体实施例中子帧结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a subframe in a first embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图8为本发明第一具体实施例中另一子帧结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another subframe in the first embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图9为本发明第二具体实施例中子帧结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural diagram of a subframe in a second embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明第二具体实施例中另一子帧结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another subframe in a second embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图11为本发明实施例中终端结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为本发明实施例中基站结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例中另一终端结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图14为本发明实施例中另一基站结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例中另一终端结构示意图; FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16为本发明实施例中另一基站结构示意图;16 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17为本发明实施例中另一终端结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18为本发明实施例中另一基站结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本发明的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本发明作进一步地详细描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The present invention will be further described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which FIG. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
在下面的说明过程中,先从网络侧和终端侧的配合实施进行说明,最后分别从网络侧与终端侧的实施进行说明,但这并不意味着二者必须配合实施,实际上,当网络侧与终端侧分开实施时,也解决了分别在网络侧、终端侧所存在的问题,只是二者结合使用时,会获得更好的技术效果。In the following description, the implementation of the cooperation between the network side and the terminal side will be described first, and finally the implementation from the network side and the terminal side will be described separately, but this does not mean that the two must be implemented together, in fact, when the network When the side is separated from the terminal side, the problems existing on the network side and the terminal side are also solved, but when the two are combined, a better technical effect is obtained.
本发明实施例中,为了能够在未来通信系统中实现上下行资源的动态调整,提出了一种下行传输方法,该方法的核心思想在于:一个时间单元内包含下行区域、GP区域和上行区域,基站根据系统传输需求动态确定GP区域的时间长度,其中,动态确定GP区域的大小时,可以通过动态调整下行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度(例如固定上行传输部分的长度),或动态调整上行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度(例如固定下行传输部分的长度),或动态调整下行区域、GP区域和上行区域三者的长度,如图2a所示为动态调整下行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度的示意图,如图2b所示为动态调整上行区域和GP区域中一部分的长度的示意图,如图2c所示为动态调整下行区域、GP区域和上行区域三者的长度的示意图。In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to implement dynamic adjustment of uplink and downlink resources in a future communication system, a downlink transmission method is proposed, and the core idea of the method is: a time unit includes a downlink area, a GP area, and an uplink area, The base station dynamically determines the length of the GP area according to the system transmission requirement. When dynamically determining the size of the GP area, the length of a part of the downlink area and the GP area (for example, the length of the fixed uplink transmission part) may be dynamically adjusted, or the uplink may be dynamically adjusted. The length of a part of the area and the GP area (for example, the length of the fixed downlink transmission part), or dynamically adjust the lengths of the downlink area, the GP area, and the uplink area, as shown in FIG. 2a, dynamically adjusting a part of the downlink area and the GP area. A schematic diagram of the length, as shown in FIG. 2b, is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting the lengths of a portion of the uplink region and the GP region, and FIG. 2c is a schematic diagram of dynamically adjusting the lengths of the downlink region, the GP region, and the uplink region.
基于该思想,本发明实施例中,终端侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程如图3所示,具体如下:Based on the idea, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processing flow of the terminal side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 3, and the details are as follows:
步骤301:终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在该第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号。Step 301: The terminal determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detects a first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit.
本发明实施例中,终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,包括但不限于以下几种实现方式:In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
第一,终端根据高层信令确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置。First, the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to the high layer signaling.
第二,终端根据与基站的预先约定确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置。Second, the terminal determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the base station.
第三,终端在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据第二下行信号确定检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间 单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Third, the terminal detects the second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, and determines, according to the second downlink signal, the first time unit that detects the second downlink signal or the second downlink signal that is detected. N1 first time units starting with a time unit or N2 first time times after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal A downlink detection position in the unit, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
例如,第三实现方式中,终端在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的前Y个符号上检测,或从每个或特定的第一时间单元中的起始位置开始盲检测。如果是在每个第一时间单元中都发送第二下行信号,则可以对每个第一时间单元改变其下行检测位置,例如第二个第一时间单元的下行检测位置可以与第一个第一时间单元的下行检测位置不同,即每个第一时间单元的下行检测位置独立指示;如果是在特定的第一时间单元中发送第二下行信号,相当于第二下行信号为周期性或间歇性发送的,例如假设每4个第一时间单元中发送一次第二下行信号,假设第一时间单元i和第一时间单元i+4中发送发送一次第二下行信号,这两个第一时间单元中发送的第二下行信号所指示的下行检测位置可以相同也可以不同,一种实现方式为:第一时间单元i到第一时间单元i+3都根据第一时间单元i中发送的第二下行信号确定其下行检测位置,则第一时间单元i+4到第一时间单元i+7都根据第一时间单元i+4中发送的第二下行信号确定其下行检测位置,另一种实现方式为:仅第一时间单元i、第一时间单元i+4、第一时间单元i+8、以此类推的第一时间单元中包含下行检测位置,其余第一时间单元中不包含下行检测位置,则这些第一时间单元中的上、下行区域划分可以参考其前面的包含下行检测位置的第一时间单元或者按照默认的上、下行区域划分方式工作或者根据前面接收到的配置信令或第一下行信号来确定。For example, in a third implementation, the terminal detects on the first Y symbols in each or a particular first time unit, or starts blind detection from a starting position in each or a particular first time unit. If the second downlink signal is sent in each first time unit, the downlink detection position may be changed for each first time unit, for example, the downlink detection position of the second first time unit may be the first The downlink detection position of a time unit is different, that is, the downlink detection position of each first time unit is independently indicated; if the second downlink signal is sent in a specific first time unit, the second downlink signal is periodic or intermittent. Sently transmitted, for example, assuming that the second downlink signal is transmitted once every four first time units, assuming that the first time unit i and the first time unit i+4 transmit and transmit the second downlink signal, the two first time The downlink detection positions indicated by the second downlink signal sent by the unit may be the same or different. In one implementation manner, the first time unit i to the first time unit i+3 are all sent according to the first time unit i. The second downlink signal determines its downlink detection position, and the first time unit i+4 to the first time unit i+7 are all determined according to the second downlink signal sent in the first time unit i+4. The downlink detection location is another implementation manner: only the first time unit i, the first time unit i+4, the first time unit i+8, and the like, the first time unit includes the downlink detection position, and the rest If the downlink detection location is not included in the first time unit, the uplink and downlink area division in the first time unit may refer to the first time unit including the downlink detection location in front of the first time unit or work in the default uplink and downlink area division manner or It is determined according to the previously received configuration signaling or the first downlink signal.
第三实现方式的一个具体实施方式中,若第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;若第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。In a specific implementation manner of the third implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. And/or size; if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
以上确定下行检测位置的各种实现方式中,下行检测位置为第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,第二时间单元小于第一时间单元。In various implementations of determining the downlink detection location, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
具体地,第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。需要说明的是,这里所描述的符号可以为正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号或者单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)符号或者其他多址接入符号。Specifically, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot includes E symbols, a slot Contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame containing one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to one. It should be noted that the symbols described herein may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols or Other multiple access symbols.
本发明实施例中,第一下行信号和/或第二下行信号通过物理下行控制信道传输,或者通过广播信道传输。其中,物理下行控制信道为终端专属的(在USS中传输),或者为一组终端共享的,或者为所有终端共享的(在CSS中传输);物理下行控制信道按照legacy PDCCH方式传输,可以使用legacy DCI或shortened DCI。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first downlink signal and/or the second downlink signal are transmitted through a physical downlink control channel or transmitted through a broadcast channel. The physical downlink control channel is terminal-specific (transmitted in the USS), or shared by a group of terminals, or shared by all terminals (transmitted in the CSS); the physical downlink control channel is transmitted according to the legacy PDCCH mode, and can be used. Legacy DCI or shortened DCI.
步骤302:终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/ 或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。Step 302: The terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or Or an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
本发明实施例中,终端根据第一下行信号,确定与下行检测位置对应的下行区域,包括但不限于以下两种具体实现方式:In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including but not limited to the following two specific implementation manners:
方式一,终端获取第一下行信号中携带的下行区域的截止位置,将下行检测位置或第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为下行区域的起始位置;In the first mode, the terminal acquires the cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and sets the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or N3 after the first time unit. The downlink starting position in the first time unit is used as the starting position of the downlink area;
方式二,终端获取第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将下行检测位置或第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为下行区域的起始位置,将GP的起始位置确定为下行区域的截止位置。In the second mode, the terminal acquires the start position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or after the first time unit The downlink start position in the N3 first time units is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
本发明实施例中,终端根据第一下行信号,确定与下行检测位置对应的上行区域,包括但不限于以下几种实现方式:In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
方式一,终端获取第一下行信号中携带的上行区域的起始位置,根据上行区域的起始位置以及预设的上行区域的截止位置确定上行区域的位置和/或大小;In the first mode, the terminal acquires the starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the starting position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the preset uplink area.
方式二,终端获取第一下行信号中携带的上行区域的起始位置和上行区域的截止位置,根据上行区域的起始位置和上行区域的截止位置确定上行区域的位置和/或大小;In the second mode, the terminal acquires the start position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal and the cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the start position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the uplink area.
方式三,终端获取第一下行信号中携带的上行区域的起始位置和上行区域的长度,根据上行区域的起始位置和上行区域的长度确定上行区域的位置和/或大小;In the third manner, the terminal acquires the start position of the uplink area and the length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the position and/or size of the uplink area according to the start position of the uplink area and the length of the uplink area.
方式四,终端根据第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将GP区域的截止位置作为上行区域的起始位置,根据上行区域的起始位置和预设的上行区域的截止位置确定上行区域的位置和/或大小。In the fourth manner, the terminal determines the cutoff position of the guard interval GP area according to the first downlink signal, and uses the cutoff position of the GP area as the start position of the uplink area, and determines according to the start position of the uplink area and the cutoff position of the preset uplink area. The location and/or size of the upstream area.
本发明实施例中,下行区域的大小为下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度(即检测下行控制信道的时间长度);或者,下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或该第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置(例如目标第一时间单元中的与该第一时间单元中的相对位置相同的下行检测位置)或该第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置(例如目标第一时间单元中预先配置或定义的下行起始位置,该目标第一时间单元中可能并不包含下行检测位置,而仅包含下行起始位置,该下行起始位置是用来确定下行区域的,或者该目标第一时间单元中也可能包含下行检测位置,下行检测位置与下行起始位置可能不同)开始的下行区域;或者,下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在下行检测位置检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,例如可以为与所述下行检测位置在同一个时间单元中的上行区域,或者为所述下行检测位置所在时间单元之后的时间单元中的上行区域,该调度关系为预先定义或者所述下行控制信道中通知的,或者为在下行检测位置所对 应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或者为下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。In the embodiment of the present invention, the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area, or the length of the downlink area that needs to be monitored (that is, the length of time for detecting the downlink control channel); or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection position is a downlink region where the downlink detection position starts, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, the same position in the target first time unit as the relative position in the first time unit) a downlink detection location) or a downlink start location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, a pre-configured or defined downlink start location in the target first time unit, the target first time unit may The downlink detection location is not included, but only the downlink start location is used, and the downlink start location is used to determine the downlink region, or the target first time unit may also include a downlink detection location, a downlink detection location, and a downlink start location. The location may be different) the starting downlink region; or the uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location is, in the downlink detection Setting the detected uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format may be, for example, an uplink area in the same time unit as the downlink detection location, or a time after the time unit of the downlink detection location In the uplink area in the unit, the scheduling relationship is predefined or notified in the downlink control channel, or is in the downlink detection location. The uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area, or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is used for transmitting the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location The uplink area of the ACK/NACK feedback information.
本发明实施例中,下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;如果下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在下行检测位置但在下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分,例如如果在前面的一个第一时间单元中存在两个下行区域和两个上行区域,则该第一时间单元中按照同样的方式划分下行区域和上行区域。In the embodiment of the present invention, the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit; if the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, there is no downlink Detecting a first time unit of the location, or a first time unit having a downlink detection location but not detecting the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location, referring to a front downlink detection location and detecting the first downlink signal The division of the downlink area and/or the uplink area in the first time unit, for example, if there are two downlink areas and two uplink areas in the first one of the first time units, the first time unit is divided in the same manner Downstream area and upside area.
本发明实施例中,第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
本发明实施例中,第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
本发明实施例中,当所述第一下行信号至少用于确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域时,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式(即承载下行调度信令)的下行控制信道,可以为UE专属的,也可以是对一个组(group)的UE或所有UE共有(common)的;In the embodiment of the present invention, when the first downlink signal is used to determine at least a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, the first downlink signal is a downlink DCI format (ie, bearer downlink scheduling signaling). The downlink control channel may be UE-specific or may be common to a group of UEs or all UEs;
当所述第一下行信号至少用于确定与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域时,如果所述上行区域为在所述下行检测位置或所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,所述第一下行信号为所述使用上行DCI格式(即承载上行调度信令)的下行控制信道,如果所述上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域,所述第一下行信号为与所述下行传输相对应的使用下行DCI格式(即承载上行调度信令)的下行控制信道,上述下行控制信道可以为UE专属的,也可以是对一个group的UE或所有UE common的。When the first downlink signal is used to determine an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location, if the uplink region is detected in a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location or the downlink detection location The uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format, where the first downlink signal is the downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format (that is, carrying uplink scheduling signaling), if the uplink area is used for And transmitting, by using the downlink DCI format corresponding to the downlink transmission, that is, the bearer uplink scheduling, where the downlink downlink ACK/NACK feedback information is transmitted in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. The downlink control channel of the signaling, the downlink control channel may be UE-specific, or may be common to a group of UEs or all UEs.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中,基站侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程如图4所示,具体如下:Based on the same inventive concept, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processing flow of the base station side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 4, and the details are as follows:
步骤401:基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置。Step 401: The base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
本发明实施例中,基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,包括但不限于以下几种实现方式:In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, including but not limited to the following implementation manners:
方式一,基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;In a first mode, the base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifies the terminal of the downlink detection location in the first time unit by using the high layer signaling;
方式二,基站根据与终端的预先约定确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Manner 2: the base station determines, according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
方式三,基站在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通 知终端检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。In a third mode, the base station sends a second downlink signal at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, for Knowing that the first time unit of the second downlink signal is detected by the terminal or the N1 first time units starting from the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the N2 first time after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal A downlink detection position in a time unit, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
例如,第三实现方式中,基站在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的前Y个符号上发送第二下行信号,或从每个或特定的第一时间单元中的起始位置开始选择一个位置发送第二下行信号。如果是在每个第一时间单元中都发送第二下行信号,则可以对每个第一时间单元改变其下行检测位置,例如第二个第一时间单元的下行检测位置可以与第一个第一时间单元的下行检测位置不同,即每个第一时间单元的下行检测位置独立指示;如果是在特定的第一时间单元中发送第二下行信号,相当于第二下行信号为周期性或间歇性发送的,例如假设每4个第一时间单元中发送一次第二下行信号,假设第一时间单元i和第一时间单元i+4中发送发送一次第二下行信号,这两个第一时间单元中发送的第二下行信号所指示的下行检测位置可以相同也可以不同,一种实现方式为:第一时间单元i到第一时间单元i+3都根据第一时间单元i中发送的第二下行信号确定其下行检测位置,则第一时间单元i+4到第一时间单元i+7都根据第一时间单元i+4中发送的第二下行信号确定其下行检测位置,另一种实现方式为:仅第一时间单元i、第一时间单元i+4、第一时间单元i+8、以此类推的第一时间单元中包含下行检测位置,其余第一时间单元中不包含下行检测位置,则这些第一时间单元中的上、下行区域划分可以参考其前面的包含下行检测位置的第一时间单元或者按照默认的上、下行区域划分方式工作或者根据前面接收到的配置信令或第一下行信号来确定。For example, in a third implementation, the base station transmits a second downlink signal on the first Y symbols in each or a particular first time unit, or selects from a starting position in each or a particular first time unit. One location transmits a second downlink signal. If the second downlink signal is sent in each first time unit, the downlink detection position may be changed for each first time unit, for example, the downlink detection position of the second first time unit may be the first The downlink detection position of a time unit is different, that is, the downlink detection position of each first time unit is independently indicated; if the second downlink signal is sent in a specific first time unit, the second downlink signal is periodic or intermittent. Sently transmitted, for example, assuming that the second downlink signal is transmitted once every four first time units, assuming that the first time unit i and the first time unit i+4 transmit and transmit the second downlink signal, the two first time The downlink detection positions indicated by the second downlink signal sent by the unit may be the same or different. In one implementation manner, the first time unit i to the first time unit i+3 are all sent according to the first time unit i. The second downlink signal determines its downlink detection position, and the first time unit i+4 to the first time unit i+7 are all determined according to the second downlink signal sent in the first time unit i+4. The downlink detection location is another implementation manner: only the first time unit i, the first time unit i+4, the first time unit i+8, and the like, the first time unit includes the downlink detection position, and the rest If the downlink detection location is not included in the first time unit, the uplink and downlink area division in the first time unit may refer to the first time unit including the downlink detection location in front of the first time unit or work in the default uplink and downlink area division manner or It is determined according to the previously received configuration signaling or the first downlink signal.
方式三的一个具体实施方式中,若第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;若第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。In a specific implementation manner of the third mode, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit and/or Or the size; if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
本发明实施例中,下行检测位置为第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,第二时间单元小于第一时间单元。In the embodiment of the present invention, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
具体地,第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。需要说明的是,这里所描述的符号可以为OFDM符号或者SC-FDMA符号或者其他多址接入符号。Specifically, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot includes E symbols, A slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame containing one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, and E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to one. It should be noted that the symbols described herein may be OFDM symbols or SC-FDMA symbols or other multiple access symbols.
步骤402:基站在第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据该第一下行信号确定与该下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与该下行区域对应的上行区域。 Step 402: The base station sends a first downlink signal to the downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or corresponding to the downlink region. Upstream area.
一个具体实施方式中,基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,所述基站在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一GP区域的大小,所述第一GP区域是为避免邻区干扰所需的GP区域;和/或基站确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二GP区域的大小,所述第二GP区域是为避免上下行干扰所需的GP区域。In a specific implementation, after the base station determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the downlink detection location in the first time unit sends the first downlink signal, the base station performs before the downlink detection location. The neighboring area interference measurement determines the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area, and determines the size of the first GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area, where the first GP area is to avoid the neighboring area Interference required GP area; and/or the base station determines a time advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink area after the downlink detection position, and determining the second GP area according to the maximum value of the TA values of the terminal The size of the second GP area is the GP area required to avoid uplink and downlink interference.
基于该具体实施方式,基站根据第一GP区域的大小和/或第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。可选地,基站将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。Based on the specific implementation manner, the base station adjusts a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area. Optionally, the base station notifies the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
基于该具体实施方式,第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。The first downlink signal carries the size of the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries the size of the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries the GP area. a size, a size of the GP area being a size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or a GP area determined according to a size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area the size of.
具体地,第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Specifically, the first downlink signal carries the cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or the downlink detection location or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units subsequent to the unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置 作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area As a starting position of the uplink area, determining a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area.
本发明实施例中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度(即检测下行控制信道的时间长度),或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置(例如目标第一时间单元中的与该第一时间单元中的相对位置相同的下行检测位置)或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置(例如目标第一时间单元中预先配置或定义的下行起始位置,该目标第一时间单元中可能并不包含下行检测位置,而仅包含下行起始位置,该下行起始位置是用来确定下行区域的,或者该目标第一时间单元中也可能包含下行检测位置,下行检测位置与下行起始位置可能不同)开始的下行区域;或者,所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,例如可以为与所述下行检测位置在同一个时间单元中的上行区域,或者为所述下行检测位置所在时间单元之后的时间单元中的上行区域,该调度关系为预先定义或者所述下行控制信道中通知的,或者为在所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或者为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。In the embodiment of the present invention, the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area (that is, the length of time for detecting the downlink control channel), or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or the downlink detection location corresponds to The downlink area is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (for example, the target in the first time unit) a downlink detection location having the same relative position in a time unit) or a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit (eg, a downlink start configured or defined in the target first time unit) Position, the target first time unit may not include a downlink detection location, but only a downlink start location, where the downlink start location is used to determine a downlink region, or the target first time unit may also include a downlink The detection location, the downlink detection location and the downlink start location may be different) the starting downlink region; or the downlink detection location corresponds to The uplink area is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected at the downlink detection location, and may be, for example, an uplink area in the same time unit as the downlink detection location, or The uplink area in the time unit after the time unit in which the downlink detection location is located, the scheduling relationship is pre-defined or notified in the downlink control channel, or the uplink DCI detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location The uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the format, or the uplink area for transmitting the ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
本发明实施例中,第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
本发明实施例中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中,终端侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程如图5所示,具体如下:Based on the same inventive concept, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processing flow of the terminal side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 5, and the details are as follows:
步骤501:终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置。Step 501: The terminal determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
此处终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置的具体方式与步骤301相同,具体实施方式可参见步骤301的详细描述,此处不再重复。The specific manner of determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit is the same as that in step 301. For details, refer to the detailed description of step 301, which is not repeated here.
步骤502:终端通过盲检测确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。Step 502: The terminal determines, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
具体地,终端通过盲检测确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域,具体过程为:终端从所述下行检测位置开始在每个符号或mini-slot或第二时间单元上检测信号的接收功率,将第一个接收功率小于预设阈值的位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置。 Specifically, the terminal determines, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, where the terminal detects the received power of the signal on each symbol or mini-slot or second time unit from the downlink detection location. Determining, as the cutoff position of the downlink area, the first received power is less than the preset threshold, and determining the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or The downlink start position is used as the start position of the downlink region.
具体地,终端通过盲检测确定与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域,具体过程为:所述终端从所述下行检测位置开始检测下行控制信道,根据检测到的下行控制信道或所述下行控制信道中指示的上行反馈资源大小和/或上行共享信道资源大小确定上行区域。Specifically, the terminal determines, by using the blind detection, the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, where the terminal starts to detect the downlink control channel from the downlink detection location, according to the detected downlink control channel or the downlink control. The uplink feedback resource size and/or the uplink shared channel resource size indicated in the channel determine an uplink region.
例如检测到使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,该下行控制信道中指示了承载ACK/NACK的上行反馈资源的大小和位置,则该区域为对应的上行区域,或该下行控制信道中并未指示承载ACK/NACK的上行反馈资源的位置,反馈位置是根据预先定义的反馈时序确定的,反馈资源大小可以是该下行控制信道通知的,或者是预先定义或配置的,则也可以确定对应的上行区域;又例如检测到使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,该下行控制信道中指示了一个上行共享信道的上行资源位置和大小,则根据其指示的上行资源可以确定对应的上行区域。For example, if the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format is used, and the size and location of the uplink feedback resource that carries the ACK/NACK is indicated in the downlink control channel, the area is the corresponding uplink area, or the downlink control channel is not indicated. The location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK, the feedback location is determined according to a predefined feedback timing, and the feedback resource size may be notified by the downlink control channel, or is predefined or configured, and the corresponding uplink may also be determined. For example, if the uplink control channel of the uplink shared channel is used, and the uplink resource location and size of the uplink shared channel are indicated, the corresponding uplink region may be determined according to the indicated uplink resource.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中,基站侧在下行传输过程中的处理流程如图6所示,具体如下:Based on the same inventive concept, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processing flow of the base station side in the downlink transmission process is as shown in FIG. 6, which is specifically as follows:
步骤601:基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置。Step 601: The base station determines a downlink detection location in the first time unit.
其中,基站确定第一时间单元的下行检测位置的具体实施可参见步骤401的详细描述,此处不再重复。For a specific implementation of the downlink detection location of the first time unit, the detailed description of the step 401 is not repeated here.
步骤602:基站根据实际需求确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置所对应的上行区域和/或下行区域,并在相应的区域进行相应的数据收发。Step 602: The base station determines an uplink area and/or a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to an actual requirement, and performs corresponding data transmission and reception in the corresponding area.
具体的,基站在下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中向终端发送下行传输,包括发送使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道、使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道、下行共享信道,这些信道占用的所有时域位置的截止位置为所述下行区域的截止位置,以下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;这样,终端在从下行检测位置开始盲检信号时,在基站确定的下行区域中总是可以检测到超过预设阈值的接收功率,从而确定出基站发送了下行传输的下行区域。Specifically, the base station sends the downlink transmission to the terminal in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including transmitting the downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format, the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format, and the downlink shared channel, and all the times occupied by the channels The cutoff position of the domain position is the cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first line detection position or the first time unit is used as the downlink area The start position is such that when the terminal starts the blind detection signal from the downlink detection position, the received power exceeding the preset threshold can always be detected in the downlink region determined by the base station, thereby determining that the base station transmits the downlink region of the downlink transmission.
具体的,当基站在下行区域发送了需要进行ACK/NACK反馈的下行传输时(例如指示下行SPS资源释放的下行控制信道或下行共享信道),则基站在在下行检测位置所对应的上行区域中接收终端的上行传输。例如基站发送了需要进行ACK/NACK反馈的使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,该下行控制信道中指示了承载ACK/NACK的上行反馈资源的大小和位置,则该区域为对应的上行区域,或该下行控制信道中并未指示承载ACK/NACK的上行反馈资源的位置,反馈资源的位置是根据预先定义的反馈时序确定的,反馈资源大小可以是该下行控制信道通知的,或者是预先定义或配置的,则也可以确定对应的上行区域;又例如基站发送了使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,该下行控制信道中指示了一个上行共享信道的上行资源位置和大小,则根据其指示的上行资源可以确定对应 的上行区域。Specifically, when the base station sends a downlink transmission that needs to perform ACK/NACK feedback in the downlink area (for example, a downlink control channel or a downlink shared channel indicating downlink SPS resource release), the base station is in an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. Receive uplink transmission of the terminal. For example, the base station sends a downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format that needs to perform ACK/NACK feedback, where the size and location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK are indicated in the downlink control channel, and the area is the corresponding uplink area, or The location of the uplink feedback resource carrying the ACK/NACK is not indicated in the downlink control channel, and the location of the feedback resource is determined according to a predefined feedback timing, and the feedback resource size may be notified by the downlink control channel, or is predefined or If the configuration is performed, the corresponding uplink area may be determined. For example, the base station sends a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format, where the uplink resource location and size of an uplink shared channel are indicated, and the uplink is indicated according to the uplink control channel. Resources can determine the corresponding Upstream area.
以下通过两个具体实施例对本发明实施例提供的下行传输过程进行详细说明。The downlink transmission process provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below through two specific embodiments.
第一具体实施例First specific embodiment
如图7所示,假设一个第一时间单元的长度为一个时隙(slot),一个slot包含7个OFDM符号,一个子帧(subframe)包含2个slot;假设一个第二时间单元的长度为一个OFDM符号;并且,假设下行到上行的切换时间为20us,假设一个OFDM符号的长度为66.7us。需要说明的是,此处所描述的各参数的取值仅为举例说明,并不用于限定各参数的取值范围,本发明的保护范围并不以此为限制。As shown in FIG. 7, it is assumed that the length of a first time unit is one slot, one slot contains 7 OFDM symbols, and one subframe contains 2 slots; assuming that the length of a second time unit is One OFDM symbol; and, assuming a downlink to uplink switching time of 20 us, assuming that the length of one OFDM symbol is 66.7 us. It should be noted that the values of the parameters described herein are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit the range of values of the various parameters. The scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto.
基站侧:Base station side:
基站确定将一个slot划分为一个上行区域和一个下行区域,上行区域和下行区域之间的为GP,其中,假设上行区域固定为一个slot的最后一个OFDM符号,假设下行区域的开始位置固定为一个slot的第一个OFDM符号,即下行检测位置固定为一个slot的第一个OFDM符号。需要说明的是,此处所描述的上下行划分方式仅为举例说明,本发明的保护范围并不以此为限制。The base station determines to divide a slot into an uplink area and a downlink area, and between the uplink area and the downlink area is a GP, wherein the uplink area is fixed as the last OFDM symbol of a slot, and the start position of the downlink area is fixed to one. The first OFDM symbol of the slot, that is, the downlink detection position is fixed to the first OFDM symbol of one slot. It should be noted that the uplink and downlink division manners described herein are merely illustrative, and the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto.
基站通过高层信令或者在特定位置发送的配置信息通知给终端一个slot的上下行划分方式。其中,该特定位置发送的配置信息可以是周期性发送的,例如每个slot或者每个子帧或多个slot或多个子帧中的前N个OFDM符号上发送,N的取值大于或等于1。或者,基站与终端也可以是预先约定一个slot的上下行划分方式,从而不需要信令通知。The base station notifies the terminal of the uplink and downlink division manner of a slot by using high layer signaling or configuration information sent at a specific location. The configuration information sent by the specific location may be sent periodically, for example, in each slot or in the first N OFDM symbols in each subframe or multiple slots or multiple subframes, where the value of N is greater than or equal to 1 . Alternatively, the base station and the terminal may also be an uplink-downlink division manner that pre-arranges a slot, so that signaling is not required.
该具体实施例中,基站根据步骤A或步骤B或结合步骤A和B,确定当前子帧的当前slot中所需要的GP大小,进而确定出该slot中的下行区域大小,其中,上行区域大小固定,具体地:In this embodiment, the base station determines the GP size required in the current slot of the current subframe according to step A or step B or combining steps A and B, and further determines the size of the downlink region in the slot, where the size of the uplink region Fixed, specifically:
步骤A:基站确定当前slot中的上行区域中存在多少个终端需要发送的上行数据,将每个需要发送的上行数据的终端的定时提前量(Timing Advance,TA)值中的最大值作为用于确定GP1的TA值;Step A: The base station determines how many terminals in the uplink area in the current slot need to send uplink data, and uses the maximum value of the Timing Advance (TA) value of each terminal that needs to send uplink data. Determine the TA value of GP1;
步骤B:基站在当前slot之前的上行区域中进行邻区干扰测量,得到邻区干扰的强度,根据该强度确定是否需要在GP部分预留用于抵抗邻区干扰的GP2,基站可以根据该GP2调整本小区的下行区域,或者基站可以根据该GP2调整本小区的下行区域的同时将GP2通知给测量到的干扰所属的邻区基站,由该邻区基站根据该GP2调整邻区的上行或下行区域,以避免邻区干扰,或者基站也可以在确定本小区GP和下行区域时不考虑GP2,而直接将GP2通知给测量到的干扰所属的邻区基站,由该邻区基站根据该GP2至少调整邻区的下行区域,以避免邻区的下行区域对本区上行的干扰。Step B: The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement in the uplink area before the current slot, and obtains the strength of the neighboring area interference. According to the strength, it is determined whether the GP2 for the neighboring area interference needs to be reserved in the GP part, and the base station can according to the GP2. Adjusting the downlink area of the cell, or the base station may adjust the downlink area of the cell according to the GP2, and notify the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs to the GP2, and the neighboring base station adjusts the uplink or downlink of the neighboring area according to the GP2. The area is to avoid the interference of the neighboring area, or the base station may not directly consider the GP2 when determining the GP and the downlink area of the current cell, and directly notify the GP2 to the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs, and the neighboring base station according to the GP2 according to the GP2 Adjust the downlink area of the neighboring area to avoid the interference of the downlink area of the neighboring area to the uplink of the area.
第一实施方式中,如果只根据步骤A确定(例如基站预判没有邻区干扰),则基站不需要执行步骤B的过程,只需要根据步骤A得到的GP1,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM 符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤A确定最大TA为45us,则确定GP1长度为45us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则需要预留65us,向上取整,需要1个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出下行区域为5个OFDM符号大小,即第1~5个OFDM符号为下行区域。In the first embodiment, if it is determined only according to step A (for example, the base station predicts that there is no neighboring area interference), the base station does not need to perform the process of step B, and only needs to determine an integer number of OFDMs that meet the requirements according to the GP1 obtained in step A. The symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined that the maximum TA is 45us according to step A, it is determined that the length of GP1 is 45us, and the switching time of 20us needs to be reserved. 65us needs to be reserved, rounded up, and 1 OFDM symbol is needed as the actual GP. Therefore, the downlink area is determined to be 5 OFDM symbol sizes, that is, the 1st to 5th OFDM symbols are downlink areas.
第二实施方式中,如果只根据步骤B确定(例如基站预判没有TA),则基站不需要执行步骤A的过程,只需要根据步骤B得到的GP2,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤B确定存在超过门限值的强干扰,且强干扰的持续长度为75us,则确定GP2长度为75us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则需要预留95us,向上取整,需要2个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出下行区域为4个OFDM符号大小,即第1~4个OFDM符号为下行区域。In the second embodiment, if it is determined only according to step B (for example, the base station predicts that there is no TA), the base station does not need to perform the process of step A, and only needs to determine an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement according to the GP2 obtained in step B as actual. GP, for example, if it is determined according to step B that there is strong interference exceeding the threshold, and the duration of the strong interference is 75 us, it is determined that the length of the GP2 is 75 us, and the switching time of 20 us needs to be reserved, then 95us needs to be reserved, and the upward is taken. In the whole, two OFDM symbols are required as the actual GP, so that the downlink region is determined to be 4 OFDM symbol sizes, that is, the first to fourth OFDM symbols are downlink regions.
第三实施方式中,如果同时根据步骤A和B确定,则根据GP1+GP2,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤A确定GP1长度为45us,根据步骤B确定GP2长度为75us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则共需要预留150us,向上取整,需要3个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出下行区域为3个OFDM符号大小,即第1~3个OFDM符号为下行区域。In the third embodiment, if it is determined according to steps A and B at the same time, according to GP1+GP2, an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement is determined as the actual GP, for example, it is assumed that the length of the GP1 is 45us according to step A, and the length of the GP2 is determined according to step B. For the 75us, the switchover time of 20us is also required. For a total of 150us, the uplink is rounded up. Three OFDM symbols are needed as the actual GP, so that the downlink region is determined to be 3 OFDM symbols, that is, the first to third. The OFDM symbol is a downlink area.
其中,对于第一至第三实施方式中的任意一种,确定的GP1和/或GP2的取值也可能为0,例如上行区域不存在终端需要发送上行数据,则GP1=0,干扰测量没有测到强干扰,则GP2=0。For any of the first to third embodiments, the determined value of GP1 and/or GP2 may also be 0. For example, if there is no uplink terminal in the uplink area, the uplink data needs to be sent, and GP1=0, the interference measurement does not exist. When strong interference is detected, GP2=0.
基站在当前slot中的特定资源上发送下行信号1,通过该下行信号1通知终端该slot中的下行区域大小,从而在上行区域大小固定的情况下隐含通知了GP大小,或者通过该下行信号1直接通知终端上述确定的GP大小,从而在上行区域大小固定的情况下隐含通知了下行区域的大小;假设下行信号1仅占用1个OFDM符号传输(其中占用A个OFDM符号传输的方法类似,只不过变为一个slot的前A个OFDM符号作为下行检测位置),基站在每个slot的第一个OFDM符号上发送下行信号1(可以占用固定频域位置,或者如果承载在下行控制信道中,则按照下行控制信道的搜索空间定义在搜索空间中发送,下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,可以是所有终端或部分终端共享的,也可以是终端专属的承载下行调度信令的下行控制信道;当然下行信号1也可以类似广播方式在特定资源上按照固定方式发送,与数据调度关系或反馈关系无关)。The base station sends the downlink signal 1 on the specific resource in the current slot, and informs the terminal of the downlink area size in the slot through the downlink signal 1, so that the GP size is implicitly notified when the uplink area is fixed, or the downlink signal is passed. 1 directly notifying the terminal to determine the GP size, so that the size of the downlink area is implicitly notified when the uplink area size is fixed; it is assumed that the downlink signal 1 occupies only 1 OFDM symbol transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar) The base station transmits the downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol of each slot (which can occupy the fixed frequency domain position, or if it is carried in the downlink control channel), but becomes the first A OFDM symbol of a slot as the downlink detection location. The downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel that uses the downlink DCI format, and may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be terminal-specific bearer downlink scheduling. Downlink control channel for signaling; of course, downlink signal 1 can also be broadcasted in a specific manner A fixed manner on the transmission, or independent data scheduling feedback relationship with relationships).
该具体实施例中,基站对每个子帧中的每个slot重复上述方法,不同slot所需的GP长度可能不同,因此下行信号1所指示的下行区域大小可能不同。In this specific embodiment, the base station repeats the foregoing method for each slot in each subframe, and the GP lengths required for different slots may be different, so the downlink region size indicated by the downlink signal 1 may be different.
该具体实施例中,基站在每个slot的下行区域中发送使用下行DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行控制信息)格式的下行控制信道,并在该下行区域中发送该下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道,进一步在对应的承载该下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置 或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图7中仅以对应关系为当前slot中的上行区域为例)接收ACK/NACK反馈;基站在一个下行区域中发送使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,并在该下行控制信道所调度的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图7中仅以对应关系为当前slot中的上行区域为例;此外,在同一个下行区域中发送的使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈传输所在的上行区域,与使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行共享信道传输所在的上行区域可以相同,也可以不同)接收上行共享信道。In this embodiment, the base station sends a downlink control channel in the downlink DCI (Downlink Control Information) format in the downlink area of each slot, and sends the downlink sharing scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink area. a channel, further in an uplink region corresponding to the ACK/NACK feedback carrying the downlink shared channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink region in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured Or, the uplink area in the next slot is indicated, and the uplink area in the current slot is taken as an example in FIG. 7 to receive ACK/NACK feedback; the base station sends the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format in a downlink area, And in the uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel, the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the next slot. The corresponding relationship is the uplink area in the current slot. In addition, the uplink area where the ACK/NACK feedback transmission of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area is located, and the uplink is used. The uplink area in which the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by the DCI format downlink control channel is located may be the same or different) receiving the uplink shared channel.
终端侧:Terminal side:
终端接收高层信令或者在特定位置接收配置信息,具体地,终端可以是周期性的接收该高层信令或该配置信息。终端获取该高层信令中携带的每个slot中的下行检测位置和上行区域划分信息,或者,终端获取该配置信息中携带的每个slot中的下行检测位置和上行区域划分信息;当然,终端也可以是根据预先约定获得每个slot中的下行检测位置和上行区域划分信息,从而不需要接收高层信令或配置信息。The terminal receives the high layer signaling or receives the configuration information at a specific location. Specifically, the terminal may periodically receive the high layer signaling or the configuration information. The terminal acquires the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot carried in the high-layer signaling, or the terminal acquires the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot carried in the configuration information; It is also possible to obtain the downlink detection location and the uplink region division information in each slot according to a pre-agreed, so that it is not necessary to receive high layer signaling or configuration information.
终端在子帧i的slot0的特定资源上接收下行信号1,从而获得该slot中的下行区域大小;假设下行信号1仅占用1个OFDM符号传输(其中占用A个OFDM符号传输的方法类似,只不过变为一个slot的前A个OFDM符号作为下行检测位置),终端在每个slot的第一个OFDM符号上接收下行信号1(该下行信号1可以占用固定频域位置,或者如果该下行信号1承载在下行控制信道中,则按照下行控制信道的搜索空间定义在搜索空间中检测,下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,可以是所有终端或部分终端共享的,也可以是终端专属的承载下行调度信令的下行控制信道;当然下行信号1也可以类似广播方式在特定资源上按照固定方式发送,与数据调度关系或反馈关系无关),按照基站发送侧相同的发送方式确定下行区域大小,如果下行信号1直接通知该slot中的下行区域大小,则在UL区域大小固定的情况下根据该下行区域大小可以隐含确定GP大小,或者如果下行信号1直接通知上述确定的GP大小,则在UL区域大小固定的情况下根据GP大小可以隐含确定下行区域的大小。The terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on the specific resource of the slot 0 of the subframe i, so as to obtain the downlink region size in the slot; it is assumed that the downlink signal 1 occupies only 1 OFDM symbol transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, only However, the first A OFDM symbol becomes a downlink detection position, and the terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol of each slot (the downlink signal 1 can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if the downlink signal 1 is carried in the downlink control channel, and is detected in the search space according to the definition of the search space of the downlink control channel. The downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format, which may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be The terminal-specific downlink control channel carrying the downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 can also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of the data scheduling relationship or the feedback relationship, and is determined according to the same transmission mode on the transmitting side of the base station. The size of the downlink area. If the downlink signal 1 directly informs the size of the downlink area in the slot, then If the size of the UL area is fixed, the GP size may be implicitly determined according to the downlink area size, or if the downlink signal 1 directly informs the determined GP size, the downlink may be implicitly determined according to the GP size when the UL area size is fixed. The size of the area.
实施中,终端对每个子帧中的每个slot重复上述方法,从而确定每个slot中的下行区域大小,不同slot中的下行区域大小可能不同。In implementation, the terminal repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe to determine the size of the downlink region in each slot, and the size of the downlink region in different slots may be different.
终端在每个slot的确定的下行区域中检测下行控制信道,当检测到使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道时,接收该下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道,进一步在该下行区域所对应的用于进行ACK/NACK反馈的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图7中仅以对应关系为当前slot中的上行区域为例)传输该下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈信息;当 检测到使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道时,在该下行控制信道所调度的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图7中仅以对应关系为当前slot中的上行区域为例;此外,在同一个下行区域中发送的使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈传输所在的上行区域,与使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行共享信道传输所在的上行区域可以相同,也可以不同)传输上行共享信道。The terminal detects the downlink control channel in the determined downlink area of each slot, and when detecting the downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format, receives the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel, and further uses the downlink shared channel in the downlink area. In the uplink area where the ACK/NACK feedback is performed (the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot, and only the corresponding relationship in FIG. 7 For the uplink area in the current slot as an example, transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink shared channel; When the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format is detected, the uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink region in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the next region. In the uplink area of the slot, the uplink area in the current slot is only taken as an example in FIG. 7; in addition, the ACK of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area is used. The uplink area where the NACK feedback transmission is located may be the same as or different from the uplink area in which the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format is transmitted.
该具体实施例中,如果一个slot包含2个上行区域和两个下行检测位置,如图8所示,具体的基站和终端实现过程类似,只不过基站需要针对每个slot中的每个下行检测位置发送下行信号1,指示该下行检测位置开始的下行区域大小,终端需要在一个slot中的多个下行检测位置接收下行信号1,获取该下行检测位置开始的下行区域大小;当假设一个第一时间单元为一个子帧或其他时间单位时,同理。In this embodiment, if a slot includes two uplink areas and two downlink detection positions, as shown in FIG. 8, the specific base station and the terminal implementation process are similar, except that the base station needs to detect each downlink in each slot. The location sends a downlink signal 1 indicating the size of the downlink region at which the downlink detection location starts. The terminal needs to receive the downlink signal 1 at multiple downlink detection locations in a slot, and obtain the downlink region size starting from the downlink detection location; The same is true when the time unit is one subframe or other time unit.
第二具体实施例Second specific embodiment
如图9所示,假设一个第一时间单元的长度为一个slot,一个slot包含7个OFDM符号,一个子帧(subframe)包含2个slot;假设一个第二时间单元的长度为一个OFDM符号;假设下行到上行的切换时间为20us,假设一个OFDM符号长度为66.7us;需要说明的是,此处所描述的各参数的取值仅为举例说明,并不用于限定各参数的取值范围,本发明的保护范围并不以此为限制。As shown in FIG. 9, it is assumed that the length of one first time unit is one slot, one slot contains 7 OFDM symbols, and one subframe contains 2 slots; assuming that the length of one second time unit is one OFDM symbol; It is assumed that the switching time of the downlink to the uplink is 20 us, and the length of one OFDM symbol is 66.7 us. It should be noted that the values of the parameters described herein are only examples and are not used to limit the value range of each parameter. The scope of protection of the invention is not limited thereby.
基站侧Base station side
基站侧确定将一个slot划分为一个上行区域和一个下行区域,上行区域和下行区域之间为GP,其中,假设下行区域固定为一个slot的前2个OFDM符号,则下行区域的开始位置固定为一个slot的第一个OFDM符号(即下行检测位置),假设上行区域的截止位置为一个slot的最后一个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号,当然此处仅为举例说明,本发明的保护范围并不以此为限制,其他的上下行划分方式与本实施实现过程类似,此处不再赘述。The base station side determines that one slot is divided into one uplink area and one downlink area, and the uplink area and the downlink area are GPs. The downlink area is fixed to the first two OFDM symbols of one slot, and the start position of the downlink area is fixed to The first OFDM symbol of a slot (ie, the downlink detection position), assuming that the cutoff position of the uplink region is the last OFDM/SC-FDMA symbol of a slot, of course, for example only, the scope of protection of the present invention is not This is a limitation. Other uplink and downlink division modes are similar to the implementation process of this implementation, and are not described here.
基站通过高层信令或者在特定位置发送的配置信息通知给终端slot的上下行划分方式,其中特定位置发送的配置信息可以是周期性发送的,例如每个slot或者每个子帧或多个slot或多个子帧中的前N个OFDM符号上发送,N为1或2;当然也可以是终端与基站预先约定该上下行划分方式从而不需要信令通知。The base station notifies the uplink and downlink partitioning mode of the terminal slot by the high layer signaling or the configuration information sent at the specific location, where the configuration information sent by the specific location may be periodically sent, for example, each slot or each subframe or multiple slots or The first N OFDM symbols are sent on the first N OFDM symbols, and N is 1 or 2; of course, the terminal and the base station can pre-agreed the uplink and downlink division manner so that no signaling is needed.
该具体实施例中,基站根据步骤A或步骤B或结合步骤A和B,确定当前子帧的当前slot中所需要的GP大小,进而确定出该slot中的上行区域大小,下行区域大小固定。具体地:In this embodiment, the base station determines the GP size required in the current slot of the current subframe according to step A or step B or combines steps A and B, and further determines the size of the uplink region in the slot, and the size of the downlink region is fixed. specifically:
步骤A:基站确定当前slot中的上行区域中存在多少个终端需要发送上行数据,取每个需要发送上行数据的终端的TA值中的最大值作为确定GP1的TA值;Step A: The base station determines how many terminals in the uplink area in the current slot need to send uplink data, and takes the maximum value of the TA values of each terminal that needs to send uplink data as the TA value of determining GP1;
步骤B:基站在当前slot之前的上行区域中进行邻区干扰测量,得到邻区干扰的强度, 根据该强度确定是否需要在GP部分预留区域用于抵抗邻区干扰的GP2,基站可以根据该GP2调整本小区的上行区域,基站也可以根据该GP2调整本小区的上行区域的同时将GP2通知测量到的干扰所属的邻区基站,由该邻区基站根据该GP2调整邻区的上行或下行区域,以避免邻区干扰,或者基站也可以在确定本小区GP和上行区域时不考虑GP2,而直接将GP2通知测量到的干扰所属的邻区基站,由邻区基站根据该GP2至少调整邻区的下行区域,以避免邻区的下行区域对本区上行的干扰。Step B: The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement in the uplink area before the current slot, and obtains the strength of the neighboring area interference. According to the strength, it is determined whether the GP part reserved area is used for GP2 against the neighboring area interference, and the base station can adjust the uplink area of the current cell according to the GP2, and the base station can also notify the GP2 while adjusting the uplink area of the current cell according to the GP2. The neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs, the neighboring base station adjusts the uplink or downlink area of the neighboring area according to the GP2 to avoid neighboring area interference, or the base station may also consider GP2 when determining the GP and the uplink area of the current cell, And directly, the GP2 notifies the neighboring base station to which the measured interference belongs, and the neighboring base station adjusts at least the downlink area of the neighboring area according to the GP2 to avoid interference of the downlink area of the neighboring area to the uplink of the area.
第一实施方式中,如果只根据步骤A确定(例如基站预判没有邻区干扰),则基站不需要执行步骤B的过程,只需要根据步骤A得到的GP1,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤A,确定最大TA为45us,则确定GP1长度为45us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则需要预留65us,向上取整,需要将1个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出上行区域为4个符号大小,即第4~7个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号为上行区域。In the first embodiment, if it is determined only according to step A (for example, the base station predicts that there is no neighboring cell interference), the base station does not need to perform the process of step B, and only needs to determine the integer number of OFDM/s that meet the requirement according to the GP1 obtained in step A. The SC-FDMA symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined according to step A that the maximum TA is 45us, it is determined that the length of the GP1 is 45us, and the switching time of 20us needs to be reserved, then 65us needs to be reserved, and rounded up, and one is needed. The OFDM symbol is used as the actual GP, so that the uplink region is determined to be 4 symbol sizes, that is, the 4th to 7th OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are uplink regions.
第二实施方式中,如果只根据步骤B确定(例如基站预判没有TA),则基站不需要执行步骤A的过程,只需要根据步骤B得到的GP2,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤B,确定存在超过门限值的强干扰,且强干扰的持续长度为75us,则确定GP2长度为75us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则需要预留95us,向上取整,需要2个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出上行区域为3个符号大小,即第5~7个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号为下行区域。In the second embodiment, if it is determined only according to step B (for example, the base station predicts that there is no TA), the base station does not need to perform the process of step A, and only needs to determine the integer number of OFDM/SCs that meet the requirements according to the GP2 obtained in step B. The FDMA symbol is used as the actual GP. For example, if it is determined according to step B that there is strong interference exceeding the threshold, and the duration of the strong interference is 75 us, the length of the GP2 is determined to be 75 us, and the switching time of 20 us is also required. Leave 95us, round up, and need 2 OFDM symbols as the actual GP, so that the uplink region is determined to be 3 symbol sizes, that is, the 5th to 7th OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are downlink regions.
第三实施方式中,如果同时根据步骤A和B确定,则根据GP1+GP2,确定满足需求的整数个OFDM符号作为实际GP,例如假设根据步骤A,确定GP1长度为45us,根据步骤B,确定GP2长度为75us,还需要预留20us的切换时间,则共需要预留150us,向上取整,需要3个OFDM符号作为实际GP,从而确定出上行区域为2个符号大小,即第6~7个OFDM/SC-FDMA符号为下行区域。In the third embodiment, if it is determined according to steps A and B at the same time, according to GP1+GP2, an integer number of OFDM symbols satisfying the requirement is determined as the actual GP, for example, if it is determined according to step A, the length of the GP1 is 45us, and according to step B, it is determined. The length of the GP2 is 75us, and the switchover time of 20us is also required. For a total of 150us, a total of 150us is reserved and rounded up. Three OFDM symbols are needed as the actual GP, so that the uplink area is determined to be two symbol sizes, that is, the sixth to seventh. The OFDM/SC-FDMA symbols are the downlink regions.
其中,GP1和GP2根据确定结果也可能为0,例如上行区域不存在终端需要发送上行数据,则GP1=0,干扰测量没有测到强干扰,则GP2=0。GP1 and GP2 may also be 0 according to the determination result. For example, if there is no terminal in the uplink area and the uplink data needs to be sent, GP1=0, and no strong interference is detected in the interference measurement, then GP2=0.
基站在用于调度当前slot中上行区域的下行区域中的特定资源上发送下行信号1,通知该slot中的上行区域大小,从而在下行区域大小固定的情况下隐含通知了GP大小;或者直接通知上述确定的GP大小,从而在下行区域大小固定的情况下隐含通知了上行区域的大小。假设下行信号1仅占用1个OFDM符号传输(其中占用A个OFDM符号传输的方法类似,只不过变为一个slot的前A个OFDM符号作为下行检测位置),假设前一个slot中的下行区域用于调度后一个slot中的上行区域,则基站在前一个slot中的第一个OFDM符号上发送下行信号1(可以占用固定频域位置,或者如果承载在下行控制信道中,则按照下行控制信道的搜索空间定义在搜索空间中发送,下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格 式的下行控制信道,当然也可以为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,具体的,如果该上行区域是用来进行下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈的,则下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,如果该上行区域是用来进行上行共享信道传输的,则下行控制信道可以为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道(即用于调度上行共享信道传输的下行控制信道),如果同一个下行区域同时具备上述功能,则上述两种下行控制信道中都可以作为下行信号1,或者选择其一作为下行信号1,上述下行控制信道可以是所有终端或部分终端共享的,也可以是终端专属的承载下行调度信令的下行控制信道;当然下行信号1也可以类似广播方式在特定资源上按照固定方式发送,与数据调度关系或反馈关系无关),用于通知当前slot中的上行区域大小。The base station sends a downlink signal 1 to the specific resource in the downlink area for scheduling the uplink area in the current slot, and notifies the size of the uplink area in the slot, so that the GP size is implicitly notified when the size of the downlink area is fixed; or directly The GP size determined above is notified, so that the size of the uplink area is implicitly notified when the size of the downlink area is fixed. It is assumed that the downlink signal 1 occupies only one OFDM symbol transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, but only becomes the first A OFDM symbol of one slot as the downlink detection position), assuming that the downlink region in the previous slot is used. After scheduling the uplink area in a slot, the base station sends a downlink signal 1 on the first OFDM symbol in the previous slot (can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if the bearer is in the downlink control channel, according to the downlink control channel The search space definition is sent in the search space, and the downlink control channel can be used to use the downlink DCI grid. The downlink control channel may of course be a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format. Specifically, if the uplink region is used for ACK/NACK feedback for downlink transmission in the downlink region, the downlink control channel may be used. The downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format, if the uplink area is used for uplink shared channel transmission, the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format (ie, a downlink control channel for scheduling uplink shared channel transmission) If the same downlink area has the above functions, both of the downlink control channels can be used as the downlink signal 1, or one of them can be used as the downlink signal 1. The downlink control channel can be shared by all terminals or some terminals. It may be a terminal-specific downlink control channel carrying downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 may also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of a data scheduling relationship or a feedback relationship, for notifying the current slot. Upstream area size.
基站对每个子帧中的每个slot重复上述方法,不同slot所需的GP长度可能不同,因此下行信号1所指示的上行区域大小可能不同。The base station repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe, and the GP lengths required for different slots may be different, so the size of the uplink region indicated by the downlink signal 1 may be different.
基站在每个slot的下行区域中发送使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,并在该下行区域中发送该下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道,进一步在对应的承载该下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图9中仅以对应关系为下一个slot中的上行区域为例)接收ACK/NACK反馈;基站在一个下行区域中发送使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,并在该下行控制信道所调度的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图9中仅以对应关系为下一个slot中的上行区域为例;此外,在同一个下行区域中发送的使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈传输所在的上行区域,与使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行共享信道传输所在的上行区域可以相同,也可以不同)接收上行共享信道。The base station sends a downlink control channel using the downlink DCI format in the downlink area of each slot, and sends the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink area, and further carries the ACK/NACK corresponding to the downlink shared channel. The uplink area of the feedback (the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the corresponding relationship is the next slot. The uplink area is an example of receiving ACK/NACK feedback; the base station transmits a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format in a downlink region, and is in an uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel (the uplink region may be agreed or configured or indicated as The uplink area in the current slot may also be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the uplink area in the next slot is taken as an example; in addition, it is sent in the same downlink area. Uplink region where the ACK/NACK feedback transmission of the downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format is used Uplink using an uplink region and a downlink control channel DCI format scheduled uplink shared channel transmission is performed may be the same or different) receiving the uplink shared channel.
终端侧Terminal side
终端接收高层信令或者在特定位置接收配置信息(可以是周期性的接收),获取高层信令或该配置信息中携带的每个slot中的下行检测位置和下行区域划分、以及上行区域的截止位置;当然终端也可以是根据预先约定获得个slot中的下行检测位置和下行区域划分、以及上行区域的截止位置,从而不需要接收高层信令或配置信息。The terminal receives the high layer signaling or receives the configuration information at a specific location (which may be periodic reception), and obtains the downlink detection location and the downlink region division in each slot carried in the high layer signaling or the configuration information, and the deadline of the uplink region. Location; of course, the terminal may also obtain the downlink detection location and the downlink region division in the slot and the cutoff location of the uplink region according to a pre-agreed, so that it is not necessary to receive high layer signaling or configuration information.
终端在用于调度子帧i的slot0中的上行区域的下行区域中的特定资源上接收下行信号1,从而获得子帧i的slot0中的上行区域大小;假设下行信号1仅占用1个OFDM符号传输(其中占用A个OFDM符号传输的方法类似,只不过变为一个slot的前A个OFDM符号作为下行检测位置),终端在前一个子帧中的slot1中的下行区域中的特定资源上接收下行信号1(可以占用固定频域位置,或者如果承载在下行控制信道中,则按照下行控制信道的搜索空间定义在搜索空间中检测,下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制 信道,当然也可以为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道,具体的,如果该上行区域是用来进行下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈的,则下行控制信道可以为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,如果该上行区域是用来进行上行共享信道传输的,则下行控制信道可以为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道(即用于调度上行共享信道传输的下行控制信道),如果同一个下行区域同时具备上述功能,则上述两种下行控制信道中都可以作为下行信号1,或者选择其一作为下行信号1,上述下行控制信道可以是所有终端或部分终端共享的,也可以是终端专属的承载下行调度信令的下行控制信道;当然下行信号1也可以类似广播方式在特定资源上按照固定方式发送,与数据调度关系或反馈关系无关),从而按照基站发送侧相同的发送方式确定下行区域大小,如果下行信号1直接通知该slot中的上行区域大小,则在下行区域大小固定的情况下根据该上行区域大小可以隐含确定GP大小,或者如果下行信号1直接通知上述确定的GP大小,则在下行区域大小固定的情况下根据GP大小可以隐含确定上行区域的大小。The terminal receives the downlink signal 1 on a specific resource in the downlink region of the uplink region in the slot 0 for scheduling the subframe i, thereby obtaining the uplink region size in the slot 0 of the subframe i; and assuming that the downlink signal 1 occupies only one OFDM symbol Transmission (the method of occupying A OFDM symbol transmission is similar, except that the first A OFDM symbols of one slot are used as downlink detection positions), and the terminal receives on a specific resource in the downlink region in slot 1 in the previous subframe. Downlink signal 1 (can occupy a fixed frequency domain position, or if it is carried in the downlink control channel, is detected in the search space according to the search space definition of the downlink control channel, and the downlink control channel can be downlink control using the downlink DCI format The channel, of course, may also be a downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format. Specifically, if the uplink region is used for ACK/NACK feedback for downlink transmission in the downlink region, the downlink control channel may be in the downlink DCI format. a downlink control channel, if the uplink area is used for uplink shared channel transmission, the downlink control channel may be a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format (ie, a downlink control channel for scheduling uplink shared channel transmission), if the same If the downlink area has the above functions, the two downlink control channels may be used as the downlink signal 1 or one of the downlink control signals may be used as the downlink signal 1. The downlink control channel may be shared by all terminals or some terminals, or may be exclusive to the terminal. The downlink control channel carrying the downlink scheduling signaling; of course, the downlink signal 1 can also be sent in a fixed manner on a specific resource in a broadcast manner, irrespective of the data scheduling relationship or the feedback relationship, so that the downlink is determined according to the same transmission mode on the transmitting side of the base station. Area size, if the downlink signal 1 is directly connected If the size of the uplink area in the slot is fixed, the GP size may be implicitly determined according to the size of the uplink area, or if the downlink signal 1 directly informs the determined GP size, the size of the downlink area is fixed. The size of the uplink area can be implicitly determined according to the GP size.
实施中,终端对每个子帧中的每个slot重复上述方法,从而确定每个slot中的下行区域大小,不同slot中的下行区域大小可能不同。In implementation, the terminal repeats the above method for each slot in each subframe to determine the size of the downlink region in each slot, and the size of the downlink region in different slots may be different.
终端在每个slot的确定下行区域中检测下行控制信道,当检测到使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道时,接收使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道,进一步在该下行区域所对应的用于进行ACK/NACK反馈的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图9中仅以对应关系为下一个slot中的上行区域为例)传输该下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈信息;当检测到使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道时,在该下行控制信道所调度的上行区域(该上行区域可以约定或配置或指示为当前slot中的上行区域,也可以约定或配置或指示为下一个slot中的上行区域,图9中仅以对应关系为下一个slot中的上行区域为例;此外,在同一个下行区域中发送的使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的下行共享信道的ACK/NACK反馈传输所在的上行区域,与使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行共享信道传输所在的上行区域可以相同,也可以不同)传输上行共享信道。The terminal detects the downlink control channel in the determined downlink area of each slot, and when detecting the downlink control channel using the uplink DCI format, receives the downlink shared channel scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format, further in the downlink area. Corresponding uplink area for performing ACK/NACK feedback (the uplink area may be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the current slot, and may also be agreed or configured or indicated as an uplink area in the next slot, only in FIG. 9 The ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink shared channel is transmitted by using the uplink information in the next slot as an example. When the downlink control channel in the uplink DCI format is detected, the uplink region scheduled by the downlink control channel is used. The uplink area may be configured or indicated as the uplink area in the current slot, or may be agreed or configured or indicated as the uplink area in the next slot. In FIG. 9, only the corresponding relationship is the uplink area in the next slot. In addition, the downlink shared signal scheduled by the downlink control channel of the downlink DCI format transmitted in the same downlink area The uplink area where the ACK/NACK feedback transmission of the channel is located may be the same as or different from the uplink area where the uplink shared channel transmission scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format is transmitted.
该具体实施例中,如果一个slot中划分为2个上行区域和两个下行检测位置,如图10所示,具体的基站和终端实现过程类似,只不过基站需要针对每个slot中的每个下行检测位置发送下行信号1,指示该下行检测位置所对应的上行区域大小,终端需要在一个slot中的多个下行检测位置接收下行信号1,获取该下行检测位置所对应的上行区域大小;当假设一个第一时间单元为一个子帧或其他时间单位时,同理。In this embodiment, if a slot is divided into two uplink areas and two downlink detection locations, as shown in FIG. 10, the specific base station and terminal implementation processes are similar, except that the base station needs to be targeted for each slot. The downlink detection location sends a downlink signal 1 indicating the size of the uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location, and the terminal needs to receive the downlink signal 1 in multiple downlink detection locations in a slot, and obtain the uplink region size corresponding to the downlink detection location; Suppose a first time unit is a sub-frame or other time unit.
进一步,如果根据GP1和GP2同时调整上行区域和下行区域大小,则为第一具体实施例和第二具体实施例的综合,唯一不同的是,此时下行区域和上行区域大小都不固定,在划分上下行区域时,基站可以仅通知或者约定下行检测位置(即一个时间单元中的下行 起始位置)和上行结束位置,上行的开始位置、下行的结束位置都是与GP大小有关的,可以根据GP1和/或GP2同时调整,并通过下行信号1通知给终端相应的调整结果;终端侧同理。Further, if the size of the uplink area and the downlink area are simultaneously adjusted according to GP1 and GP2, it is a combination of the first embodiment and the second embodiment, and the only difference is that the size of the downlink area and the uplink area are not fixed at this time. When dividing the uplink and downlink areas, the base station may only notify or agree on the downlink detection location (ie, the downlink in one time unit). The start position) and the uplink end position, the uplink start position and the downlink end position are all related to the GP size, and can be simultaneously adjusted according to GP1 and/or GP2, and notify the terminal of the corresponding adjustment result by the downlink signal 1; The same side.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中提供了一种终端,该终端的具体实施可参见方法实施例部分的描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图11所示,该终端主要包括:Based on the same inventive concept, a terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the terminal, refer to the description of the method embodiment. The repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 11, the terminal mainly includes:
第一处理模块1101,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;The first processing module 1101 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detect a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
第二处理模块1102,用于根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The second processing module 1102 is configured to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the first processing module is specifically configured to:
根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, according to the high layer signaling, a downlink detection location in the first time unit; or
根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-agreed with the base station; or
在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Detecting a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determining, according to the second downlink signal, detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or detecting downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的 N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Acquiring a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detecting position or the downlink detecting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first After the time unit The downlink start position in the N3 first time units is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area, and/or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area Location and / or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area And / or size;
或者,or,
根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining, according to the first downlink signal, a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, using a cutoff position of the GP area as a start position of the uplink area, according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。If the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, for the first time unit where the downlink detection location does not exist, or the downlink detection location exists but no detection is detected in the downlink detection location A first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。 In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中提供了一种基站,该基站的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图12所示,该基站主要包括:Based on the same inventive concept, a base station is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the base station, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 12, the base station mainly includes:
处理模块1201,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;The processing module 1201 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
发送模块1202,用于在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。The sending module 1202 is configured to send a first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or Or an uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically configured to:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Transmitting, at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, a second downlink signal, configured to notify the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the first time of detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting from the unit or downlink detecting positions in N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块还用于:In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to:
在确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述发送模块在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,After determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending module sends the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit,
在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或Performing a neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determining a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determining a size of the first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area; and /or
确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。 Determining a timing advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determining a size of the second guard interval GP region according to a maximum value among the TA values of the terminal.
可能的实施方式中,所述处理模块还用于:In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to:
根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。And adjusting a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述发送模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to:
将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。Notifying the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所 述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink area in which the downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit starts; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种终端,该终端的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图13所示,该终端主要包括:Based on the same inventive concept, another terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the terminal, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 13, the terminal mainly includes:
第一处理模块1301,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;The first processing module 1301 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
第二处理模块1302,用于通过盲检测确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The second processing module 1302 is configured to determine, by using blind detection, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种基站,该基站的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图14所示,该基站主要包括:In another embodiment of the present invention, another base station is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the base station, refer to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 14, the base station mainly includes:
处理模块1401,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;The processing module 1401 is configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
发送模块1402,用于根据实际需求确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置所对应的上行区域和/或下行区域,并在相应的区域进行相应的数据收发。The sending module 1402 is configured to determine an uplink area and/or a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit according to actual requirements, and perform corresponding data transmission and reception in the corresponding area.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种终端,该终端的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图15所示,该终端主要包括处理器1501、存储器1502和收发机1503,其中,收发机1503用于在处理器1501的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器1502中保存有预设的程序,处理器1501用于读取存储器1502中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:Another terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the terminal, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 15, the terminal mainly includes processing. The processor 1501 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1501, the memory 1502 stores a preset program, and the processor 1501 is configured to read the memory 1502. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。Determining, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, according to the high layer signaling, a downlink detection location in the first time unit; or
根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-agreed with the base station; or
通过收发机在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述 第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Detecting, by the transceiver, a second downlink signal at a particular location in each or a particular first time unit, according to said Determining, by the second downlink signal, the first time unit that detects the second downlink signal or the N1 first time units that start the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detects the second downlink signal a downlink detection position in N2 first time units after the first time unit, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Acquiring a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detecting position or the downlink detecting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first The downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the time unit is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
可能的实施方式中,处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area, and/or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area Location and / or size;
或者,or,
获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area And / or size;
或者, Or,
根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining, according to the first downlink signal, a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, using a cutoff position of the GP area as a start position of the uplink area, according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。In a possible implementation manner, the size of the downlink area is the length of the downlink area, or the length of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is: a downlink region where the location starts, and/or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is the downlink control channel that is detected by using the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area, or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit; if the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, For the first time unit in which the downlink detection location does not exist, or the first time unit in which the downlink detection location exists but the first downlink signal is not detected in the downlink detection location, refer to the presence of the downlink detection in front of the downlink detection location Positioning and detecting the division of the downlink region and/or the uplink region in the first time unit of the first downlink signal.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种基站,该基站的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图16所示,该基站主要包括处理器1601、存储器1602和收发机1603,其中,收发机1603用于在处理器1601的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器1602中保存有预设的程序,处理器1601用于读取存储器1602中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:Another base station is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the base station, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 16, the base station mainly includes processing. The processor 1601 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1601, the memory 1602 stores a preset program, and the processor 1601 is configured to read the memory 1602. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining a downlink detection position in the first time unit;
通过收发机在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。Transmitting, by the transceiver, the first downlink signal in the downlink detection position in the first time unit, to notify the terminal, according to the first downlink signal, to determine a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
可能的实施方式中,处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
通过收发机在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单 元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Transmitting, by the transceiver, a second downlink signal at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, for notifying the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal First time list N1 first time units starting from a meta or a downlink detecting position in N2 first time units after detecting a first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;In a possible implementation, if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the downlink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location of the uplink area in the first time unit. / or size;
若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。In a possible implementation manner, the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, where the second time unit is smaller than the first time unit.
可能的实施方式中,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。In a possible implementation, the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is a minimum scheduling unit, and a mini-slot Contains E symbols, one slot contains one or more mini-slots, one sub-frame contains one or more slots, and A, B, C, D, E are pre-configured or predefined values greater than or equal to 1.
可能的实施方式中,处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to:
在确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,通过收发机在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,After determining the downlink detection position in the first time unit, before the first downlink signal is sent by the transceiver in the downlink detection position in the first time unit,
在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或Performing a neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determining a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determining a size of the first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area; and /or
确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。Determining a timing advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determining a size of the second guard interval GP region according to a maximum value among the TA values of the terminal.
可能的实施方式中,处理器根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。In a possible implementation, the processor adjusts a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or a downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area. Upstream area.
可能的实施方式中,处理器指示收发机将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。In a possible implementation, the processor instructs the transceiver to notify the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a size of an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries a GP. a size of the area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or determined according to the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area The size of the GP area.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;In a possible implementation manner, the first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as a starting position of the downlink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始 位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units subsequent to the unit as a start position of the downlink region, and a start of the GP region The position is determined as a cutoff position of the down zone;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
或者,or,
所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
可能的实施方式中,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,In a possible implementation, the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。In a possible implementation, the first time unit includes N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more time slot slots, or one or more subframes, or one or more Radio frames.
可能的实施方式中,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。In a possible implementation, the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种终端,该终端的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图17所示,该终端主要包括处理器1701、存储器1702和收发机1703,其中,收发机1703用于在处理器1701的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器1702中保存有预设的程序,处理器1701用于读取存储器1702中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:Another terminal is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the terminal, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 17, the terminal mainly includes processing. The device 1701 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1701, the memory 1702 stores a preset program, and the processor 1701 is configured to read the memory 1702. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置; Determining a downlink detection position in the first time unit;
通过盲检测确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。A downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location are determined by blind detection.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了另一种基站,该基站的具体实施可参见方法实施例的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述,如图18所示,该基站主要包括处理器1801、存储器1802和收发机1803,其中,收发机1803用于在处理器1801的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器1802中保存有预设的程序,处理器1801用于读取存储器1802中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:Another base station is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. For the specific implementation of the base station, reference may be made to the related description of the method embodiment, and the repeated description is not repeated. As shown in FIG. 18, the base station mainly includes processing. The device 1801, the memory 1802, and the transceiver 1803, wherein the transceiver 1803 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1801, the memory 1802 stores a preset program, and the processor 1801 is configured to read the memory 1802. Program, according to the program to perform the following process:
确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining a downlink detection position in the first time unit;
根据实际需求确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置所对应的上行区域和/或下行区域,并在相应的区域进行相应的数据收发。The uplink area and/or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location in the first time unit are determined according to actual requirements, and corresponding data is transmitted and received in the corresponding area.
其中,图15~图18中,处理器、存储器和收发机之间通过总线连接,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器可以存储处理器在执行操作时所使用的数据。15 to 18, the processor, the memory and the transceiver are connected by a bus, and the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically represented by one or more processors and memories represented by the processor. The various circuits of the memory are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. The transceiver can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store the data that the processor uses when performing operations.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。 The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。While the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be understood that Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the embodiments of the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the embodiments of the invention.

Claims (50)

  1. 一种下行传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A downlink transmission method, comprising:
    终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
    所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,具体包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the determining, by the terminal, the downlink detection location in the first time unit comprises:
    所述终端根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to high layer signaling; or
    所述终端根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the terminal, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the base station; or
    所述终端在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。The terminal detects a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determines, according to the second downlink signal, a first time unit that detects the second downlink signal, or detects the first N1 first time units starting from the first time unit of the two downlink signals or downlink detecting positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1 and N2 are An integer greater than or equal to 1.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;The method according to claim 2, wherein the second downlink signal is further used to notify the first time unit if the first downlink signal is used to notify a size of a downlink area in the first time unit. The location and/or size of the upstream region;
    若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  4. 如权利要求1~3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the downlink detection position is a position of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is smaller than The first time unit.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。The method according to claim 4, wherein said second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein said mini-slot is minimum A scheduling unit, a mini-slot containing E symbols, a slot containing one or more mini-slots, a sub-frame containing one or more slots, A, B, C, D, E being pre-configured or greater than or equal to Pre-defined values.
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
    所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining, by the terminal, a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location or location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit Determining a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
    或者, Or,
    所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Obtaining, by the terminal, a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detecting position or a downlink detecting position or location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit The downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit is used as the start position of the downlink area, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink area.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal determines, according to the first downlink signal, an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, including:
    所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
    或者,or,
    所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines, according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. State the location and/or size of the upstream region;
    或者,or,
    所述终端获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal acquires a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determines the uplink according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. The location and/or size of the area;
    或者,or,
    所述终端根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining, by the terminal, a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area according to the first downlink signal, using a cutoff position of the GP area as a start position of the uplink area, according to a start position and a preset of the uplink area The cutoff position of the upstream region determines the location and/or size of the upstream region.
  8. 如权利要求1或3或6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,The method of claim 1 or 3 or 6 or 7, wherein the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel detected by using the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  9. 如权利要求1~3、5~7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 7, wherein
    所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;The downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
    如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一 下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。If the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, for the first time unit where the downlink detection location does not exist, or the downlink detection location exists but no detection is detected in the downlink detection location One The first time unit of the downlink signal refers to the division of the downlink area and/or the uplink area in the first time unit in which the downlink detection position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
  10. 如权利要求1~3、5~7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 7, wherein the first time unit comprises N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more A slot of time slots, either one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  11. 如权利要求1、3、6、7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。The method according to any one of claims 1, 3, 6, and 7, wherein the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format. .
  12. 一种下行传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A downlink transmission method, comprising:
    基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
    所述基站在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。The base station sends a first downlink signal to the downlink detection location in the first time unit, and is configured to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,具体包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the determining, by the base station, the downlink detection location in the first time unit comprises:
    所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
    所述基站根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, by the base station, a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
    所述基站在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。The base station sends a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, to notify the terminal that the first time unit of the second downlink signal is detected or the second downlink signal is detected. N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to 1 The integer.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;The method according to claim 13, wherein the second downlink signal is further used to notify the first time unit if the first downlink signal is used to notify a size of a downlink area in the first time unit. The location and/or size of the upstream region;
    若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  15. 如权利要求12~14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is less than The first time unit.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。 The method according to claim 15, wherein said second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein said mini-slot is minimum A scheduling unit, a mini-slot containing E symbols, a slot containing one or more mini-slots, a sub-frame containing one or more slots, A, B, C, D, E being pre-configured or greater than or equal to Pre-defined values.
  17. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein after the base station determines the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the downlink detection location in the first time unit sends the first downlink signal, the The method also includes:
    所述基站在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或The base station performs neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determines a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determines a first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area. Size; and / or
    所述基站确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。The base station determines a time advance TA value of the terminal that performs uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determines a size of the second guard interval GP region according to the maximum value of the TA values of the terminal.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述基站根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The base station adjusts a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
  19. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述基站将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。The base station notifies the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。The method according to claim 18, wherein the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. Size, and/or carrying the size of the GP area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or according to the first GP area and/or the The size of the second GP area determines the size of the GP area.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 20 wherein:
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or the downlink detection location or the first time unit in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink starting position in the following N3 first time units as a starting position of the downlink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小; The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  22. 如权利要求12或14或18或20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,The method of claim 12 or 14 or 18 or 20 or 21, wherein the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的上行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  23. 如权利要求12~14、16~21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the first time unit comprises N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more A slot of time slots, either one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  24. 如权利要求12、14、20、21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。The method according to any one of claims 12, 14, 20, 21, wherein the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format. .
  25. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    第一处理模块,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;a first processing module, configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detect a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
    第二处理模块,用于根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。The second processing module is configured to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一处理模块具体用于:The terminal according to claim 25, wherein the first processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据高层信令确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining, according to the high layer signaling, a downlink detection location in the first time unit; or
    根据与基站的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-agreed with the base station; or
    在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置检测第二下行信号,根据所述第二下行信号确定检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。 Detecting a second downlink signal at a specific position in each or a specific first time unit, determining, according to the second downlink signal, detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal or detecting the second downlink signal N1 first time units starting with the first time unit or detecting downlink detection positions in the N2 first time units after the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的终端,其特征在于,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;The terminal according to claim 26, wherein the second downlink signal is further used to notify the first time unit if the first downlink signal is used to notify a size of a downlink area in the first time unit. The location and/or size of the upstream region;
    若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  28. 如权利要求25~27中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the downlink detection position is a position of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is smaller than The first time unit.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。The terminal according to claim 28, wherein the second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein the mini-slot is minimum A scheduling unit, a mini-slot containing E symbols, a slot containing one or more mini-slots, a sub-frame containing one or more slots, A, B, C, D, E being pre-configured or greater than or equal to Pre-defined values.
  30. 如权利要求25所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二处理模块具体用于:The terminal according to claim 25, wherein the second processing module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;Obtaining a cutoff position of the downlink area carried in the first downlink signal, and using the downlink detection location or a downlink detection location in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first a downlink starting position in the N3 first time units after the time unit as a starting position of the downlink area;
    或者,or,
    获取所述第一下行信号中携带的保护间隔GP的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置。Acquiring a starting position of the guard interval GP carried in the first downlink signal, and the downlink detecting position or the downlink detecting position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit or the first The downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the time unit is used as the start position of the downlink region, and the start position of the GP is determined as the cutoff position of the downlink region.
  31. 如权利要求25所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二处理模块具体用于:The terminal according to claim 25, wherein the second processing module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area, and/or size;
    或者,or,
    获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area Location and / or size;
    或者,or,
    获取所述第一下行信号中携带的所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;Obtaining a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area carried in the first downlink signal, and determining a location of the uplink area according to a starting position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area And / or size;
    或者,or,
    根据所述第一下行信号确定保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位 置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。Determining a cutoff position of the guard interval GP region according to the first downlink signal, and setting a cutoff position of the GP region The initial position of the uplink area is determined, and the position and/or size of the uplink area is determined according to a starting position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area.
  32. 如权利要求25或27或30或31所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,The terminal according to claim 25 or 27 or 30 or 31, wherein the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置在所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or the downlink The uplink area corresponding to the detection location is an uplink area for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information of the downlink transmission in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  33. 如权利要求25~27、29~31中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 27, 29 to 31, wherein
    所述下行检测位置在每个第一时间单元中都存在或仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在;The downlink detection location exists in each first time unit or only in a specific first time unit;
    如果所述下行检测位置仅在特定的第一时间单元中存在,对于不存在所述下行检测位置的第一时间单元,或者存在所述下行检测位置但在所述下行检测位置中没有检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元,参考其前面的存在下行检测位置且检测到第一下行信号的第一时间单元中的下行区域和/或上行区域的划分。If the downlink detection location exists only in a specific first time unit, for the first time unit where the downlink detection location does not exist, or the downlink detection location exists but no detection is detected in the downlink detection location A first time unit of a downlink signal refers to a partition of a downlink region and/or an uplink region in a first time unit in which the downlink detecting position exists and the first downlink signal is detected.
  34. 如权利要求25~27、29~31中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 27, 29 to 31, wherein the first time unit comprises N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more A slot of time slots, either one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  35. 如权利要求25、27、30、31中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一下行信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。The terminal according to any one of claims 25, 27, 30, and 31, wherein the first downlink signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format. .
  36. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    处理模块,用于确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;a processing module, configured to determine a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
    发送模块,用于在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。a sending module, configured to send a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit, to notify the terminal to determine, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or An uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The base station according to claim 36, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并通过高层信令将所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置通知给终端;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and notifying the downlink detection location in the first time unit to the terminal by using high layer signaling; or
    根据与终端的预先约定确定所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;或者,Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit according to a pre-arrangement with the terminal; or
    在每个或特定的第一时间单元中的特定位置发送第二下行信号,用于通知终端检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元开始的N1 个第一时间单元或检测到所述第二下行信号的第一时间单元之后的N2个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,其中,N1、N2为大于或等于1的整数。Transmitting, at a specific location in each or a specific first time unit, a second downlink signal, configured to notify the terminal to detect the first time unit of the second downlink signal or the first time of detecting the second downlink signal Unit start N1 a first time unit or a downlink detection position in the N2 first time units after detecting the first time unit of the second downlink signal, where N1, N2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的基站,其特征在于,若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的位置和/或大小;The base station according to claim 37, wherein the second downlink signal is further used to notify the first time unit if the first downlink signal is used to notify a size of a downlink area in the first time unit. The location and/or size of the upstream region;
    若所述第一下行信号用于通知第一时间单元中的上行区域的大小,则所述第二下行信号还用于通知第一时间单元中的下行区域的位置和/或大小。And if the first downlink signal is used to notify the size of the uplink area in the first time unit, the second downlink signal is further used to notify the location and/or size of the downlink area in the first time unit.
  39. 如权利要求36~38中任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述下行检测位置为所述第一时间单元中的特定第二时间单元的位置,其中,所述第二时间单元小于所述第一时间单元。The base station according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the downlink detection location is a location of a specific second time unit in the first time unit, wherein the second time unit is smaller The first time unit.
  40. 如权利要求39所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元为A个符号,或B个mini-slot,或C个slot,或D个子帧;其中,所述mini-slot为最小调度单元,一个mini-slot包含E个符号,一个slot包含一个或多个mini-slot,一个子帧包含一个或多个slot,A、B、C、D、E为大于等于1的预先配置或预先定义的值。The base station according to claim 39, wherein said second time unit is A symbols, or B mini-slots, or C slots, or D subframes; wherein said mini-slot is minimum A scheduling unit, a mini-slot containing E symbols, a slot containing one or more mini-slots, a sub-frame containing one or more slots, A, B, C, D, E being pre-configured or greater than or equal to Pre-defined values.
  41. 如权利要求36所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The base station according to claim 36, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    在确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置之后,在所述发送模块在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号之前,After determining the downlink detection location in the first time unit, before the sending module sends the first downlink signal in the downlink detection location in the first time unit,
    在所述下行检测位置之前进行邻区干扰测量,确定邻区干扰强度和邻区干扰区域,根据所述邻区干扰强度和所述邻区干扰区域,确定第一保护间隔GP区域的大小;和/或Performing a neighboring area interference measurement before the downlink detection position, determining a neighboring area interference strength and a neighboring area interference area, and determining a size of the first guard interval GP area according to the neighboring area interference strength and the neighboring area interference area; and /or
    确定在所述下行检测位置之后的上行区域进行上行传输的终端的时间提前量TA值,根据所述终端的TA值中的最大值确定第二保护间隔GP区域的大小。Determining a timing advance TA value of the terminal performing uplink transmission in the uplink region after the downlink detection location, and determining a size of the second guard interval GP region according to a maximum value among the TA values of the terminal.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The base station according to claim 41, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    根据所述第一GP区域的大小和/或所述第二GP区域的大小调整与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。And adjusting a downlink region corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink region corresponding to the downlink detection location according to a size of the first GP area and/or a size of the second GP area.
  43. 如权利要求41所述的基站,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于:The base station according to claim 41, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
    将所述第一GP区域的大小通知给邻区基站。Notifying the neighboring base station of the size of the first GP area.
  44. 如权利要求41所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一下行信号中携带与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域的大小,和/或携带与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域的大小,和/或携带GP区域的大小,所述GP区域的大小为所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小或者为根据所述第一GP区域和/或所述第二GP区域的大小确定的GP区域的大小。The base station according to claim 41, wherein the first downlink signal carries a size of a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, and/or carries an uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location. Size, and/or carrying the size of the GP area, the size of the GP area being the size of the first GP area and/or the second GP area or according to the first GP area and/or the The size of the second GP area determines the size of the GP area.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的基站,其特征在于,A base station according to claim 44, wherein
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述下行区域的截止位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一 时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置;The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the downlink area, and the downlink detection location or the first a downlink detection position in the N3 first time units after the time unit or a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the first time unit as a start position of the downlink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的起始位置,将所述下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置作为所述下行区域的起始位置,将所述GP区域的起始位置确定为所述下行区域的截止位置;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the guard interval GP area, and the downlink detection position or the downlink detection position or the first time in the N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink start position in the N3 first time units after the unit is used as a start position of the downlink area, and a start position of the GP area is determined as a cutoff position of the downlink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置以及预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area, and determines a position and/or a size of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a preset cutoff position of the uplink area;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a cutoff position of the uplink area. And / or size;
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和所述上行区域的长度确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小;The first downlink signal carries a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area, and determines a location of the uplink area according to a start position of the uplink area and a length of the uplink area. Or size
    或者,or,
    所述第一下行信号中携带保护间隔GP区域的截止位置,将所述GP区域的截止位置作为所述上行区域的起始位置,根据所述上行区域的起始位置和预设的所述上行区域的截止位置确定所述上行区域的位置和/或大小。The first downlink signal carries a cutoff position of the guard interval GP area, and the cutoff position of the GP area is used as a start position of the uplink area, according to the start position of the uplink area and the preset The cutoff position of the up region determines the location and/or size of the up region.
  46. 如权利要求36或38或42或44或45所述的基站,其特征在于,所述下行区域的大小为所述下行区域的时间长度,或者为需要监听的下行区域的时间长度;或者,The base station according to claim 36 or 38 or 42 or 44 or 45, wherein the size of the downlink area is the length of time of the downlink area, or the length of time of the downlink area that needs to be monitored; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域为,从所述下行检测位置开始的下行区域,和/或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行检测位置或所述第一时间单元之后的N3个第一时间单元中的下行起始位置开始的下行区域;或者,The downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is a downlink area starting from the downlink detection location, and/or a downlink detection location or the first time in N3 first time units after the first time unit a downlink region starting from a downlink start position in N3 first time units after the unit; or
    所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为,在所述下行检测位置或在所述下行检测位置所对应的上行区域中检测到的使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道所调度的上行区域,或所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域为用于传输所述下行检测位置所对应的下行区域中的下行传输的ACK/NACK反馈信息的上行区域。The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area scheduled by using the downlink control channel of the uplink DCI format detected in the downlink detection location or the uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location, or The uplink area corresponding to the downlink detection location is an uplink area for transmitting downlink transmission ACK/NACK feedback information in the downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  47. 如权利要求36~38、40~45中任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元包含N个第二时间单元,或,所述第一时间单元为一个或多个时隙slot,或者为一个或多个子帧,或者为一个或多个无线帧。The base station according to any one of claims 36 to 38, 40 to 45, wherein the first time unit comprises N second time units, or the first time unit is one or more A slot of time slots, either one or more subframes, or one or more radio frames.
  48. 如权利要求36、38、44、45中任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一下行 信号为使用下行DCI格式的下行控制信道,或者为使用上行DCI格式的下行控制信道。The base station according to any one of claims 36, 38, 44, 45, wherein said first downlink The signal is a downlink control channel using a downlink DCI format, or a downlink control channel using an uplink DCI format.
  49. 一种终端,其特征在于,该终端包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,收发机用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器中保存有预设的程序,处理器用于读取存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:A terminal, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor, wherein the memory stores a preset program, and the processor is configured to read A program in memory that performs the following processes in accordance with the program:
    确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置,并在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置检测第一下行信号;Determining a downlink detection location in the first time unit, and detecting a first downlink signal in a downlink detection location in the first time unit;
    根据所述第一下行信号,确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行检测位置对应的上行区域。Determining, according to the first downlink signal, a downlink area corresponding to the downlink detection location and/or an uplink zone corresponding to the downlink detection location.
  50. 一种基站,其特征在于,该基站包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,收发机用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,存储器中保存有预设的程序,处理器用于读取存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:A base station, comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor, wherein the memory stores a preset program, and the processor is configured to read A program in memory that performs the following processes in accordance with the program:
    确定第一时间单元中的下行检测位置;Determining a downlink detection position in the first time unit;
    通过收发机在所述第一时间单元中的下行检测位置发送第一下行信号,用于通知终端根据所述第一下行信号确定与所述下行检测位置对应的下行区域和/或与所述下行区域对应的上行区域。 Transmitting, by the transceiver, the first downlink signal in the downlink detection position in the first time unit, to notify the terminal, according to the first downlink signal, to determine a downlink area and/or a location corresponding to the downlink detection location. The uplink area corresponding to the downlink area.
PCT/CN2017/092649 2016-09-23 2017-07-12 Downlink transmission method and corresponding device WO2018054136A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610848534.9 2016-09-23
CN201610848534 2016-09-23
CN201611249798.9A CN107872306B (en) 2016-09-23 2016-12-29 Downlink transmission method and related equipment
CN201611249798.9 2016-12-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018054136A1 true WO2018054136A1 (en) 2018-03-29

Family

ID=61690145

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/092649 WO2018054136A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2017-07-12 Downlink transmission method and corresponding device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018054136A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110891316A (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-17 华为技术有限公司 Time domain resource configuration method and access network equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104284348A (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-01-14 电信科学技术研究院 Dynamic TDD configuration acquisition method, base station and terminal
CN104519515A (en) * 2013-09-27 2015-04-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for notifying and acquiring uplink and downlink configuration information, base station and user equipment
CN105099631A (en) * 2014-04-17 2015-11-25 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and device for processing flexible duplex
WO2016037516A1 (en) * 2014-09-08 2016-03-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Flexible transmissions on one or more frequency division duplexing resources

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104284348A (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-01-14 电信科学技术研究院 Dynamic TDD configuration acquisition method, base station and terminal
CN104519515A (en) * 2013-09-27 2015-04-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for notifying and acquiring uplink and downlink configuration information, base station and user equipment
CN105099631A (en) * 2014-04-17 2015-11-25 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and device for processing flexible duplex
WO2016037516A1 (en) * 2014-09-08 2016-03-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Flexible transmissions on one or more frequency division duplexing resources

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110891316A (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-17 华为技术有限公司 Time domain resource configuration method and access network equipment
CN110891316B (en) * 2018-09-10 2023-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Time domain resource allocation method and access network equipment
US11902840B2 (en) 2018-09-10 2024-02-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Time domain resource configuration method and access network device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN105790911B (en) Method and device for configuring uplink and downlink carriers
WO2019080817A1 (en) Signal configuration method and related device
WO2020135417A1 (en) Method executed by user equipment, and user equipment
WO2018054192A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
TW201739228A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communications method
WO2018095227A1 (en) Scheduling method, terminal, and base station
CN105991256B (en) Uplink data transmission control method, transmission method and device
US9094905B2 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program product for triggering the determination of a timing advance for one component carrier based upon another component carrier
JP6729976B2 (en) Resource determination method, related device and system
WO2020063630A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting indication information
WO2018027918A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink channel
WO2017133418A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and device
WO2020169067A1 (en) Method executed by user equipment, and user equipment
WO2017132964A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method and related device
CN109076513A (en) Sending method, detection method and the equipment of Downlink Control Information
WO2018054123A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
JP2019525608A (en) Method and apparatus for dynamically determining transmission position of uplink DMRS
TW201739288A (en) Terminal device, base station device and communication method
WO2018028270A1 (en) Method and device for sending and detecting synchronous signal
CN108811074A (en) Information transferring method and device
JP2019527512A (en) Method and apparatus for performing communication
US20190124705A1 (en) Identifier management method, apparatus, and system
TW201838466A (en) Device and Method of Handling a Measurement Gap in a Wireless Communication System
WO2017206740A1 (en) Subframe type notification and determination methods and device
RU2732185C1 (en) Spectral sharing between radio access technologies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17852207

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17852207

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1